Axis AXIS 570, Print Server 5470e User's Manual
Advertisement
Advertisement
AXIS
Print Server
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
AXIS 5470e/570/670e Print Server User’s Guide
Part No: 17735
Revision 1.0, Date : September 2000
Copyright © Axis Communications AB, 2000
Axis Communications www.axis.com
Lund
Phone: +46 46 272 18 00
Boston
Phone: +1 978 614 20 00
Miami
Phone: +1 305 629 3524
Paris
Phone: +33 1 49 69 1550
London
Phone: +44 207 553 9200
Madrid
Phone: +34 91 803 46 43
Munich
Phone: +49 811 555 08 0
Rotterdam
Phone: +31 10 444 34 34
Turin
Phone: +39 011 841 321
Tokyo
Phone: +81 3 3545 8282
Singapore
Phone: +65 836 2777
Hong Kong
Phone: +852 2836 0813
Shanghai
Phone: +86 21 6431 1690
Taipei
Phone: +886 2 2546 9668
Seoul
Phone: +82 2 780 9636
Sydney
Phone: +61 2 9967 5700
AXIS
Print Server
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
User’s Manual
High Performance Multi-Protocol Print Servers for Virtually All Networks www.axis.com
The Axis logo is a registered trademark of Axis
Communications AB. All other trademarks are owned by their respective companies.
2 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Safety Notices
Please take some time to read through the safety notices before installing the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
Caution ! - must be observed to avoid loss of data or damage to your equipment.
Important: - must be observed to avoid operational impairment.
Do not proceed beyond any of the above notices unless you have taken appropriate measures!
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) notices - USA
This equipment generates and radiates radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference. Shielded cables should be used with this unit to ensure compliance with the Class A limits.
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) notices - Europe
This digital equipment fulfils the requirements for radiated emission according to limit B of EN55022/1994, and the requirements for immunity according to EN50082-1/1992 residential, commercial, and light industry (Compliance is not valid for unshielded network and printer cables).
Liability
Every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual; if you detect any inaccuracies or omissions, please inform us by contacting your local Axis office. AXIS Communications AB cannot be held responsible for any technical or typographical errors and reserves the right to make changes to the product and manuals without prior notice. Axis Communications AB makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material contained within this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Axis Communications AB shall not be liable nor responsible for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance or use of this material.
Axis’ Trademarks
NetPilot, ThinServer, ThinWizard, IP Installer, AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Other Trademark Acknowledgments
AIX, Apple, DEC, DOS, Ethernet, EtherTalk, HP, IBM, JetAdmin, Internet Explorer, LAN Manager, LAN Server, LANtastic,
Macintosh, Microsoft, MVS, NDPS, Netscape, Novell NetWare, OS/2, OS/400, AS/400, PostScript, SCO, TokenTalk, UNIX,
VM, VMS, VSE, Windows are registered trademarks of the respective holders.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Part No:17737
Copyright © Axis Communications AB, 2000
Revision 1.0
Date: September 2000
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Preface
Thank you for purchasing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Network Print Server. This product has been developed to connect your printers anywhere in your network, allowing all network users access to the shared printer resources.
About this manual
This manual provides introductory information as well as detailed instructions on how to set up and manage the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in various network environments. It is intended for everyone involved in installing and managing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. To fully benefit from the manual, you should be familiar with basic networking principles.
This manual is applicable for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, with software release 6.20 or later.
About Axis
Axis Communications is dedicated to providing innovative solutions for network-connected computer peripherals. Since the start in 1984, it has been one of the fastest growing companies in the market and is now a leader in its field.
ThinServer™ Technology - enables Axis’ products to act as intelligent file server independent
ThinServer devices. A ThinServer device is a network server which includes “thin” embedded server software capable of simultaneous multiprotocol communication, scalable RISC hardware and a built-in Web server which allows easy access and management via any standard Web browser. The ThinServer technology makes it possible to connect any electronic device to the network, thus providing “Access to everything”.
Today, Axis Communications is offering six major ThinServer product lines consisting of:
Network Print Servers - offer a powerful and cost-efficient method for sharing printer resources in your network. They connect to any standard printer, featuring high performance, simple management and easy upgrading across the network. The print servers are available in Ethernet,
Fast Ethernet and Token Ring versions.
IBM Mainframe and S/3x - AS/400 Print Servers and Protocol Converters - include a wide range of LAN, coax and twinax attached print servers for the IBM host environment. By emulating IBM devices, these servers provide conversion of the IPDS, SCS and 3270DS data streams to the major ASCII printer languages.
3
4 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Network Attached CD/DVD Servers - provide a flexible and cost-efficient solution for sharing
CD-ROMs, DVD-ROMs and other optical media across the network. They are available in
Ethernet, Fast Ethernet and Token Ring versions.
Network Attached Storage Servers
make it possible to easily make hard disk storage available in Ethernet networks. Through direct access by clients, yet integrating into existing security schemes, and requiring a minimum of maintenance they also provide a low total cost of ownership for network storage.
Network Camera Servers - provide live images using standard Internet technology, thus enabling access to live cameras via any standard Web browser. They offer a perfect solution for remote surveillance over the Internet; their sharp images can bring life into any Web site. These servers support Ethernet as well as PSTN and GSM phone lines.
Network Document Servers - enable easy distribution of paper-based information across workgroups and the enterprise. By sending scanned documents to your destination via the
Internet/intranet, you will reduce your faxing/mailing costs, as well as save time, thus improving your organization’s efficiency.
Support services
Should you require technical assistance, please contact your Axis dealer. If your questions cannot be answered immediately, your Axis dealer will forward your queries through the appropriate channels to ensure you a rapid response.
If you are connected to Internet, you can find on-line manuals, technical support, firmware updates, application software, company information, at the addresses listed below.
WWW:
FTP server: http://www.axis.com ftp://ftp.axis.com/pub/axis
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
Section 5
Section 6
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Product Model Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Where to use it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
How to use it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
AXIS 5470e Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
AXIS 570/670e Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Package Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
AXIS Product CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
AXIS 5470e Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AXIS 570 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
AXIS 670e Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Basic Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Connecting a printer to the Ethernet Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Connecting a printer to the Token Ring Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Installation Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Assigning an IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Setting Up - AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SNA Printing - 5494 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
TN5250E printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Setting Up - IBM Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SNA Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
TCP/IP TN3270E Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Setting Up - NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Setup using NDPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in NDPS environments . . . . . . . . 111
Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Advanced Installation using AXIS NetPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Basic Queue-based printing (Pure IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Queue-based Printing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5
6 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
AXIS Print System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Windows 95 and Windows 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
AXIS Print Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Windows NT 3.5x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
AXIS Print Utility for Windows Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Windows Clients using LANtastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Section 8
Section 9
Setting Up - OS/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
TCP/IP Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
NetBIOS/NetBEUI Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Setting Up - Macintosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Installation Using the Chooser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Choosing a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Installation in the UNIX Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Print Methods on TCP/IP Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Section 11 Management & Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Using a Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Using AXIS ThinWizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Using AXIS NetPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Using FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Using Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Using SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Using HP administration tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Using Novell Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Configuring the Print Server from an IBM host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Address-schemes for IPP printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Currently available IPP clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
User Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Firewall Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
How to print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Section 13 Using Logical Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Using Logical Printers to Customize your Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Section 14 Upgrading the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Obtaining the Updated Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Upgrading the firmware Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Appendix A SNA Parameter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Updating parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Auto-configuration and Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Appendix B SNA Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Appendix C Extended IBM Printer Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Appendix D IBM Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Appendix E IBM Print Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Appendix F IPDS Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
IPDS Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
IPDS System Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
IPDS Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Printer Resident Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Immediate Font Substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Unsupported Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Typographical Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Appendix G DBCS Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Configuring the AS/400 Host, 5494 CU mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Verifying the Communications Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Amending Device Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Extended IBM Printer Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Font Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
7
8 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Appendix H Digital Copier Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Appendix A The Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Appendix A Test Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Appendix B Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Appendix C Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 1: Introduction 9
Section 1 Introduction
Based on the ThinServer technology, the AXIS 5470e, AXIS 570 and
AXIS 670e are LAN attached multiprotocol print servers that print
IBM and ASCII data streams to any ASCII printer. The AXIS
5470e/570/670e are ideal for IBM Mainframe and AS/400 sites that are migrating from pure IBM networks to LAN environments.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e Network Print Servers
10 Section 1: Introduction AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Product Model Summary
SNA support
IPDS support
SCS support
3270DS support
TN3270E
TN5250E
Digital
Copier support
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e family consists of AXIS 5470e (four software versions), AXIS 570 and AXIS 670e as described below:
AXIS 570 AXIS 670e AXIS 5470e four versions
X
X
X Ethernet
Fast Ethernet
Token Ring
Network
Speed(Mbps)
Network
Connection
10 or 100
10baseT or
100baseTX
10
10baseT or
10base2
X
4 or 16
STP
(media type 1) or
UTP
(media type 3)
Note:
The AXIS 5470e is available in four versions, distinguished only by Digital Copier support, support of the SNA protocol and the supported data streams. The table below displays the specific functionality for each version.
After the installation is completed, you can verify which functionality your version of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e supports by printing a test page. This is done by pressing the test button once.
Features
X
X
X
X
X
Copier
0096-
021-01
X
AXIS 5470e
IPDS
0096-
007-01
SNA
0096-
013-01
X X
TCP/IP
0096-
001-01
AXIS 570 AXIS 670e
0056-1 0057-6
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 1: Introduction 11
Where to use it
Supported
Environments
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is the ideal print server in mixed environments as it can communicate with all the major computer systems and network protocols including:
• IBM Mainframe and AS/400
• NetWare
• UNIX
• Windows
• Windows clients connected to LANtastic networks
• OS/2
• Macintosh (Not supported by AXIS 670e)
• Internet/intranet via any standard Web browser
AXIS 5470e
AXIS 570/670e
12 Section 1: Introduction AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
How to use it
Installation and
Integration
The installation of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and its integration into the network is performed using the appropriate Axis client software, provided with your print server:
• AXIS Print System (Windows 95/98 and Windows NT, 2000)
• AXIS NetPilot™ (NetWare)
• AXIS Print Utility for Windows (Windows 3.1 and WfW)
• AXIS Print Utility for OS/2
• axinstall (UNIX)
Notes :
• The AXIS 5470e is designed for 10 Mbps Ethernet and 100 Mbps Fast
Ethernet networks and connects to the network via a twisted pair category
5 cable (10baseT and 100baseTX).
• The AXIS 570 is designed for 10 Mbps Ethernet and connects to the network via a twisted pair category 5 cable(10baseT).
Configuration and
Management
As the AXIS 5470e/570/670e comprises a built-in Web server, it can be configured and managed directly from its internal Web pages, using HTTP over TCP/IP. Access to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e via any standard Web browser, offers you a platform-independent management tool that is suitable for all supported network environments.
If your network does not support TCP/IP, you can use AXIS NetPilot to configure and manage the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. AXIS NetPilot can be downloaded from the AXIS product CD.
AXIS 5470e/570 can be installed in the Macintosh environment without any Axis client software.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 1: Introduction 13
AXIS 5470e Features and Benefits
For AXIS 570/670e Features and Benefits, please refer to page 15.
Reliability The AXIS 5470e print server provides high performance and reliability combined with low power consumption. The electronic circuits are based on the improved AXIS ETRAX 100 chip, which comprises an integrated 32 bit RISC processor and associated network controllers.
Flexibility In the IBM Mainframe and AS/400 environment, the AXIS 5470e can emulate IBM twinax and coax print and control functionality.
This means that the AXIS 5470e can effectively replace coax/twinax attached printers and control units on the LAN.
It supports printing in all the major computer systems and environments, including five different print methods in the TCP/IP environment.
Speed The AXIS ETRAX 100 chip has been specifically designed for LAN products and benefits users with a faster throughput than a direct PCto-printer connection. With a sustained data throughput of more than
1 Mbyte per second, the AXIS 5470e is fast. High speed Centronics communication such as ECP, Hewlett-Packard Fast Mode, High
Speed and IBM Fast Byte is supported.
Easy to Install You can install the AXIS 5470e in minutes, using any standard web browser.
Security You can assign passwords to restrict both login and printer access.
14 Section 1: Introduction AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Monitoring The internal AXIS 5470e Web pages allow you to continuously monitor printer status. Integrity of your printing is also monitored via interactive communication with the IBM host.
The AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95, Windows 98 and
Windows NT can be configured to display pop-up messages that show the status of peer-to-peer print jobs.
The AXIS 5470e additionally supports SNMP for remote monitoring.
Futureproof You can upgrade the AXIS 5470e Flash memory over the network.
This allows you to quickly update and enhance the operational features of your AXIS 5470e when new print server software becomes available.
Pocket-sized The AXIS 5470e is equipped with one high-speed parallel port connector that plugs directly into the parallel port on the printer.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 1: Introduction 15
AXIS 570/670e Features and Benefits
Reliability The AXIS 570/670e print server provides high performance and reliability combined with low power consumption. The electronic circuits are based on the proven AXIS ETRAX chip, which comprises an integrated 32 bit RISC processor and associated network controllers.
Flexibility In the IBM Mainframe and AS/400 environment, the AXIS 570/670e can emulate IBM twinax and coax print and control functionality.
This means that the AXIS 570/670e can effectively replace coax/twinax attached printers and control units on the LAN.
A single IBM data stream can be directed to any of the two high-speed parallel printer ports, or the serial printer port, using TCP/IP or SNA transport protocols.
AXIS 570/670e supports printing in all the major computer systems and environments, including five different print methods in the
TCP/IP environment. It also allows you to print on up to three printers simultaneously.
Speed The AXIS ETRAX chip has been specifically designed for LAN products and benefits users with a faster throughput than a direct PCto-printer connection. With a sustained data throughput of up to 400 kbytes per second, the AXIS 570/670e is fast. High speed Centronics communication such as, Hewlett-Packard Fast Mode, High Speed and
IBM Fast Byte is supported.
Easy to Install You can install the AXIS 570/670e in minutes, using any standard web browser.
Security You can assign passwords to restrict both login and printer access.
16 Section 1: Introduction AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Monitoring The internal AXIS 570/670e Web pages allow you to continuously monitor printer status. Integrity of your printing is also monitored via interactive communication with the IBM host.
The AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95, Windows 98 and
Windows NT can be configured to display pop-up messages that show the status of peer-to-peer print jobs.
The AXIS 570/670e additionally supports SNMP for remote monitoring.
Futureproof You can upgrade the AXIS 570/670e Flash memory over the network.
This allows you to quickly update and enhance the operational features of your AXIS 570/670e when new print server software becomes available.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 2: Product Overview 17
Section 2 Product Overview
Package Contents
Verify that nothing is missing from the print server package by using the check list below. Please contact your dealer if anything should be missing or damaged. All packing materials are recyclable.
Product
AXIS 5470e Copier
AXIS 5470e IPDS
AXIS 5470e SNA*
AXIS 5470e TCP/IP*
AXIS 570
AXIS 670e
Supported Datastreams & Protocols
Part
Numbers
SCS + IPDS
TCP/IP + SNA
Digital Copier Support
SCS + IPDS TCP/IP + SNA
SCS
SCS
TCP/IP + SNA
TCP/IP
SCS TCP/IP + SNA
SCS + IPDS TCP/IP + SNA
0096-021-01
0096-007-01
0096-013-01
0096-001-01
0056-1
0057-6
Note:
* All models may not be available in all countries in which Axis operates. Please contact your local sales representative for more information.
Media
CD
Title
AXIS Product CD
Printed Materials AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Guide
Part Number
Revision no.1.0
17735
Power Supply
Australia
Europe
Japan
UK
USA
Part nos.
(AXIS PS-B)
13269
13267
13936
13268
13270
18 Section 2: Product Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Optional accessories Description
Cables
Serial Printer Cable
Parallel Printer Cable
Centronics to Mini-Centronics Cable
Printer Cable Extension
Ribbons
Kits
Self-adhesive velcro ribbons
Flash Loading Kit
Part Number
13281
13360
16453
13522
13282 & 13283
0041-4
AXIS Product CD
The AXIS Product CD provides an easy-to-use electronic catalog, that includes all of the latest AXIS Utilities Software, Product Software,
White Papers, User Documents, etc. It is compatible for use within all of the supported Axis computing environments.
Start-up procedures for Windows
The AXIS Product CD starts automatically from a local CD drive on
Windows 95/98, NT and 2000 platforms.
Windows 3.1
users are simply required to navigate to the CD root directory and click on the setup31.exe file from within the Windows
File Manager.
Start-up procedures for UNIX, OS/2 and MacOS
Using your preferred file manager application, navigate to the CD root directory and click start.pdf.
Note:
If the Adobe Acrobat Reader, version 3.0 or higher, is not installed on your system, you can download it by clicking the Acrobat Reader button located on the starting page of the AXIS Product CD.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 5470e Physical Description
Section 2: Product Overview 19
Plan view of the AXIS 5470e
Network Connectors The AXIS 5470e is designed for 10 Mbps Ethernet and 100 Mbps
Fast Ethernet networks and connects to the network via a twisted pair category 5 cable or better. The AXIS 5470e is equipped with an autosensing function that detects the speed of the local network segment and varies the speed of its data communication accordingly, between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps.
Printer Port The AXIS 5470e print server is provided with a single high-speed
IEEE 1284 compatible parallel port, that connects directly, without the need of cabling, to any standard printer.
A Centronics-to-Centronics extension cable may be obtained from your local distributor for use with printers physically unable to accommodate the AXIS 5470e.
20 Section 2: Product Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Test Button The test button is used for:
• Printing a test page to check the connection to the printer.
• Printing the parameter list showing all the AXIS 5470e settings.
• Resetting the AXIS 5470e parameters to the factory default settings.
Refer to Appendix A - Test Button , on page 301, for more information about the test Button.
Network Indicator The network indicator flashes to indicate network activity.
Power Indicator The power indicator is lit while power is applied. If it is not lit, or it flashes, there is a problem with the AXIS 5470e or its power supply.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 570 Physical Description
Section 2: Product Overview
COM1
Printer
Connector
LPT1 Printer
Connector
LPT2 Printer
Connector
External Power
Supply Connector
Ethernet
10base2
Connector
Ethernet
10baseT
Connector
Test Button
AXIS 570 Network Print Server
Network Indicator
Power Indicator
Plan view of the AXIS 570
Network Connectors The AXIS 570 is designed for 10 Mbps Ethernet networks and connects to the network via a twisted pair (10baseT) or a thin wire
(10base2) cable.
Printer Ports The AXIS 570 print server is provided with two high-speed IEEE
1284 compatible parallel ports and one serial port. Any standard printer can be connected to any of the ports. Print data can be directed to any of the three ports simultaneously, which means that three different printers can be used at the same time, regardless of protocol.
Test Button The test button is used for:
• Printing a test page to check the connection to the printer.
• Printing the parameter list showing all the AXIS 570 settings.
• Resetting the AXIS 570 parameters to the factory default settings.
Refer to Appendix A - Test Button , on page 301, for more information about the test Button.
21
22 Section 2: Product Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Network Indicator The network indicator flashes to indicate network activity.
Power Indicator The power indicator is lit while power is applied. If it is not lit, or it flashes, there is a problem with the AXIS 570 or its power supply.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 670e Physical Description
Section 2: Product Overview
COM1
Printer
Connector
Ring Speed
Switch
(recessed)
LPT1 Printer
Connector
LPT2 Printer
Connector
External Power
Supply Connector
Token Ring
STP
Connector
Token Ring
UTP
Connector
Test Button
AXIS 670e Network Print Server
Network Indicator
Power Indicator
Plan view of the AXIS 670e
Network Connectors The AXIS 670e is designed for 4 and 16 Mbps Token Ring networks and connect to the network via an unshielded twisted pair (UTP) or a shielded twisted pair (STP) cable.
Printer Ports The AXIS 670e print server is provided with two high-speed IEEE
1284 compatible parallel ports and one serial port. Any standard printer can be connected to any of the ports. Print data can be directed to any of the three ports simultaneously, which means that three different printers can be used at the same time, regardless of protocol.
23
24 Section 2: Product Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Test Button The test button is used for:
• Printing a test page to check the connection to the printer.
• Printing the parameter list showing all the AXIS 670e settings.
• Resetting the AXIS 670e parameters to the factory default settings.
Refer to Appendix A - Test Button , on page 301 for more information about the test button.
Ring Speed Switch This switch is set to match your network speed.
Network Indicator The network indicator flashes to indicate network activity.
Power Indicator The power indicator is lit while power is applied. If it is not lit, or it flashes, there is a problem with the AXIS 670e or its power supply.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 25
Section 3 Basic Installation
Getting Started
After you have verified that no items presented in Package Contents , on page 17, are missing, you are ready to install your AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in your environment:
1. Start the procedure by connecting the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to your network and printer. Please refer to the table below for the correct method. :
Print Server Model Go to...
AXIS 5470e
AXIS 570
Connecting a printer to the Ethernet Network , on page 26
AXIS 670e Connecting a printer to the Token Ring Network , on page
28
2. When the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is successfully connected, proceed to the Installation Guide , on page 30, where you will find further information about how to install and integrate the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e in your network environments.
26 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Connecting a printer to the Ethernet Network
Follow the instructions below to connect a printer to the network via the AXIS 5470e/570 print server.
Caution!
:
• Make sure that the AXIS 5470e/570 external power supply is marked with the correct voltage! Please refer to the Power supply table on page 17 .
• DO NOT connect or disconnect the network cabling while AXIS
5470e/570 is powered on.
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the AXIS 5470e/570 external power supply.
2. Locate the serial number, found on the label on the AXIS
5470e/570, and write it down. You will need this number later during the network configuration.
3. AXIS 5470e:
Connect the AXIS 5470e to the printer, either directly to the parallel printer port, or using the optional printer cable extension with the optional velcro ribbons.
AXIS 570:
Connect the printer to the LPT1, LPT2 or the COM1 port on the AXIS 570 using an appropriate printer cable.
4. Connect your AXIS 5470e/570 to the network using a twisted pair (10baseT), thin wire (10base2) cable or twisted pair category
5 cable.
5. Switch on the printer and connect the external power supply to the AXIS 5470e/570. The power indicator will light up. When the network indicator starts to flash, the AXIS 5470e/570 is successfully connected to the network.
6. Press and release the test button on the AXIS 5470e/570 to print a test page. If the printer and the AXIS 5470e/570 are correctly connected, the AXIS 5470e/570 internal test page will be printed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 27
You are now ready to install your print server onto your network using one of the methods detailed in the Installation Guide , on page 30.
Notes:
• The test page includes a list of the most important parameters, including the network speed and the firmware version number.
• Each AXIS 5470e/570 Print Server is pre-configured with a unique node address that is identical to the serial number. The node address can be changed using AXIS NetPilot, or any standard Web browser. Please refer to
Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169, for more information.
• The AXIS 5470e/570 uses high speed Centronics communication. For use with older printers not supporting high speed, this function can be disabled by using AXIS NetPilot, or any standard Web browser. Please refer to Section
11 Management & Configuration , on page 169, for more information.
28 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Connecting a printer to the Token Ring Network
Follow the instructions below to connect a printer to the network via the AXIS 670e print server.
Caution!
:
• Make sure that the AXIS 670e external power supply is marked with the correct voltage. Please refer to the Power supply table on page 17.
• DO NOT connect or disconnect the network cabling while
AXIS 670e is powered on.
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the AXIS 670e external power supply.
2. Locate the serial number, found on the label on the AXIS 670e, and write it down. You will need this number later during the network configuration.
3. Connect the printer to the LPT1, LPT2 or the COM1 port on the AXIS 670e using an appropriate printer cable.
4. Slide the Ring Speed switch towards 4 or 16 depending on the ring speed of your network.
5. Connect your AXIS 670e to the network using an Shielded
Twisted Pair (Media Type 1) or Unshielded Twisted Pair (Media
Type 3) cable.
6. Switch on the printer and connect the external power supply to the AXIS 670e. The power indicator will light up. When the network indicator starts to flash, the AXIS 670e is successfully connected to the network.
7. Press and release the test button on the AXIS 670e to print a test page. If the printer and the AXIS 670e are correctly connected, the AXIS 670e internal test page will be printed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 29
You are now ready to install your server onto your network using one of the methods detailed in the Installation Guide , on page 30.
Notes:
• To minimize signal noise, it is recommended that you use screened or foiled
Media Type 3 cabling for 16 Mbps networks and not standard UTP cabling.
• The test page includes a list of the most important parameters, including the network speed and the firmware version number.
• Each AXIS 670e Print Server is pre-configured with a unique node address that is identical to the serial number. The node address can be changed using
AXIS NetPilot, or any standard Web browser. Please refer to Section 11
Management & Configuration, on page 169, for more information.
• The AXIS 670e uses high speed Centronics communication. For use with older printers not supporting high speed, this function can be disabled by using AXIS NetPilot, or any standard Web browser. Please refer to Section
11 Management & Configuration, on page 169, for more information.
30 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installation Guide
After connecting the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to your network, you are now ready to perform the basic setup procedures. The method of installation that you choose should be dictated by your printing requirements and the type of network into which you are integrating.
Installation Methods Select the appropriate installation method from the table below:
Environment
AS/400
IBM
Mainframe
NetWare
Network
Configuration
SNA
TCP/IP
TN5250E
PPR/PPD
SNA
TCP/IP
TN3270E
PPR/PPD
NDPS
NetWare
Advanced configuration
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
Windows
TCP/IP
OS/2
Macintosh(*)
UNIX
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
AppleTalk
TCP/IP
Action
See
See
See
Section 4 Setting Up - AS/400
Assigning an IP address
Proceed with
, on page 43
, on page 32
Section 4 Setting Up - AS/400
Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe
See Assigning an IP address , on page 32
, on page 43
, on page 65
Proceed with Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe , on page 65
See Setup using NDPS , on page 111
See Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 114
See Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 114
Proceed with Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 114
See Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
See Assigning an IP address , on page 32
Proceed with Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
See Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2 , on page 151
See Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh , on page 157
See Assigning an IP address , on page 32
Proceed with Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 163
Available installation methods for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
* Macintosh is supported by AXIS 5470e/570 only.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 31
Installation Tools The recommended installation tools for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e are summarized in the following table:
Environment Network Protocols Installation Tool
AS/400
IBM Mainframe
Windows
95/98/NT/2000
NetWare
Windows 3.1/WfW
OS/2
Macintosh (**)
UNIX
TCP/IP
SNA
TCP/IP
SNA
TCP/IP
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
IPX/SPX
TCP/IP
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
AppleTalk
TCP/IP
Web browser
Web browser
AXIS Print System
NetWare Administrator
AXIS NetPilot
Web browser
AXIS Print Utility for
Windows
Standard using the lprportd service method
Standard using the Chooser axinstall
Recommended installation tools for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
* A shareware LPR spooler is available for Windows for
Workgroups. You can download this software from http://www.axis.com/techsup/.
** Macintosh is supported by the AXIS 5470e/570 only.
32 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Assigning an IP address
To establish communication with the TCP/IP network, enabling
TCP/IP printing and Web browser management, an IP address must be assigned to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Before you start
System privileges
Ethernet address
AXIS 5470e/570
Node address
AXIS 670e
IP address
You need root privileges on your UNIX system, or administrator privileges on a Windows NT server.
You need to know the Ethernet address of your AXIS 5470e/570 to perform the installation. The Ethernet address is based upon the serial number of your AXIS 5470e/570. This means, for example, that an
AXIS 5470e/570 with the serial number 00408C100086, will have the corresponding Ethernet address of 00 40 8C 10 00 86. The serial number is located on the bottom label of the unit.
In Token Ring networks the node address is either the serial number found on the underside label of the AXIS 670e or a locally administrated address
If you do not have a DHCP server on your network, you must obtain an unused IP address from your network administrator.
Note :
DO NOT use the IP addresses used in the following examples when installing your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Always consult your network administrator before assigning an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 33
Methods for setting the IP Address
You can set the IP address using one of the following methods, depending on your network operating environment:
Method Network environments
AXIS IP Installer Windows 95/98/NT
See ...
page 35
DHCP
ARP
RARP
BOOTP
Windows NT, UNIX
Windows 95/98/NT
UNIX
UNIX
UNIX page 35 page 37 page 39 page 40 page 41
Note:
The ARP and RARP methods operate on single network segments only, i.e. they cannot be used over routers.
34 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Registering and
Resolving
Host Names
WINS host name rules
DDNS host name rules
In order to register the host name of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in networks with dynamic IP address settings, WINS (Windows Internet
Name Service) and DDNS (Dynamic Domain Naming System) are supported. It is recommended that at least one of these methods be used when setting the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using
DHCP.
The host name of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is specified by the
PS_NAME parameter. Refer to The Parameter List , on page 285.
WINS only supports 15 character long host names. If your host name is longer than 15 characters, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e truncates the host name to 15 characters when registering with a WINS server. You can view the AXIS 5470e/570/670e host name that is registered at a
WINS server, in the print server’s Web interface or in AXIS NetPilot.
Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169.
DDNS supports 53 character long host names, but they can only consist of the characters ‘A-Z’, ’a-z’ and ‘-’. If your host name consists of any other characters, they are converted to ‘-’, when registering with a DDNS server. You can view the AXIS 5470e/570/670e host name that is registered at a DDNS server, in the print server’s Web interface or in AXIS NetPilot. Refer to Section 11 Management &
Configuration , on page 169.
If the host name matches another entry in the DDNS data base, the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e deletes the entry before registering.
Notes:
• The host name limitations conclude that if you want to register the same host name at a WINS server and a DDNS server, the host name should be no longer than 15 characters and it should only contain the characters ‘A - Z’, ‘az’ and ‘-’.
• Refer to your system manuals or to your network administrator for instructions on how host name resolutions are performed on your system.
• If the host name has not been mapped to the IP address, you can still perform the following instructions on how to download the IP address. In this case, simply replace the host name entry with the IP address wherever required.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 35
Using AXIS IP
Installer
Follow the instructions below to set the IP address of your AXIS
5470e/570/670e using the AXIS IP Installer:
Note:
You should not use AXIS IP Installer to set the IP adress if you have an active
DHCP server on your network.
1. Download the AXIS IP Installer to your host. The software is available on the AXIS Product CD or on the Axis home page at http://www.axis.com/ .
2. Connect the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to the network. Note the serial number that is located on the underside label of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. You will need it in the proceeding steps.
3. Start the AXIS IP Installer.
4. Click the serial number of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e that appears in the server list.
5. Enter the desired IP address in the designated IP address field and click the Set IP address button.
6. The IP setting process will take approximately 10 to 40 seconds.
Click OK in the confirmation box that appears when the IP address has been set.
Notes:
• AXIS IP Installer uses the BOOTP and DHCP protocols to communicate with the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Make sure that at least one of these protocols is enabled in your print server.
• Restart your AXIS 5470e/570/670e, if it does not show up in the server list.
Using DHCP Follow the instructions below to download the IP address using
DHCP:
1. Edit or create a scope in the DHCP manager of the DHCP daemon. The entries included in this scope should contain the following parameters:
36 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
• range of IP addresses
• subnet mask
• default router IP address
• WINS server IP address(es)
• lease duration
2. Activate the scope.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e will automatically download the DHCP parameters.
If you are using WINS, you must include at least one WINS server IP address in the DHCP scope. Immediately after the IP address has been received, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e registers its host name and IP address on the WINS server.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e can automatically download a customized config file from a TFTP server. Just add the name of the config file and the TFTP server’s IP address to your DHCP scope. The config file is downloaded immediately after the AXIS 5470e/570/670e receives its IP address.
Note:
You do not have to restart the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to download the IP address.
DHCP and Auto-IP Auto-IP is a tool for setting the IP Address of the print server in the absence of a DHCP server.
If you have a DHCP server running on your network, the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will receive an IP address immediately after you have it connected to the network. In the absence of an DHCP server, your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e will automatically be assigned an IP address through integrated Auto-IP. The Auto-IP function is enabled by default and does not require any configuration by the user.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 37
Using ARP in
Windows and OS/2
Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using ARP:
AXIS 5470e/570
Ethernet Print Servers:
1. Start a DOS window.
2. Type the following commands: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address> ping <IP address> arp -d <IP address>
Example arp -s 192.168.3.191 00-40-8c-10-00-86 ping 192.168.3.191
arp -d 192.168.3.191
The host will return Reply from 192.168.3.191 ...
or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.
Notes:
• The Ethernet address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 5470e/570.
• When using the Windows 95 implementation of ARP, change the first line to: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address>
<w95host IP address> , where <w95host IP address> is the IP address of your Windows 95 host.
• When you execute the ping command for the first time, you will experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.
• By using the arp -d command, the static entry in the arp table is removed from the host’s cache memory.
38 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 670e
Token Ring
Print Servers
1. Start a DOS window.
2. Type the following commands: arp -s 802.5 <IP address> <Node address> ping <IP address> arp -d <IP address>
Example arp -s 802.5 192.168.3.191 00-02-31-48-00-61 ping 192.168.3.191
arp -d 192.168.3.191
The host will return Reply from 192.168.3.191 ...
or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.
Notes:
• The Node address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670e.
• When using the Windows 95 implementation of ARP, change the first line to: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address>
<w95host IP address> , where <w95host IP address> is the IP address of your Windows 95 host.
• When you execute the ping command for the first time, you will experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.
• By using the arp -d command, the static entry in the arp table is removed from the host’s cache memory.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 39
Using ARP in UNIX Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using ARP.
AXIS 5470e/570
Ethernet
Print Servers:
Type the following commands in the shell window: arp -s <host name> <Ethernet address> temp ping <host name>
AXIS 670e
Token Ring
Print Servers:
Example: arp -s npsname 00:40:8c:10:00:86 temp ping npsname
The host will return npsname is alive, or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.
Notes:
• The Ethernet address is equal to the serial number, which is located on the underside label of the AXIS 5470e/570.
• The ARP command varies between different UNIX systems. Some BSD type systems expect the host name and node address in reverse order.
Furthermore IBM AIX systems will require the additional argument ether.
Example: arp -s ether <host name> 00:40:8c:10:00:86 temp
• When you execute the ping command for the first time, you may experience a significantly longer response time than usual.
Type the following commands in the shell window: arp -s 802.5 <host name> <node address> temp ping <host name>
Example: arp -s 802.5 npsname 00:02:31:48:00:61 temp ping npsname
The host will return npsname is alive, or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.
40 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Notes:
• The node address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670e.
• The ARP command varies between different UNIX systems. Some BSD type systems expect the host name and node address in reverse order.
• When you execute the ping command for the first time, you may experience a significantly longer response time tha n usual.
Using RARP in UNIX Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using RARP.
AXIS 5470e/570
Ethernet Print Servers:
1. Append the following line to your Ethernet Address table. This is typically located in the
/etc/ethers
file:
<Ethernet address> <host name>
Example:
00:40:8c:10:00:86 npsname
2. Update, if necessary, your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.
3. If it is not already running, start the RARP daemon. This is typically performed using the rarpd -a
command.
4. Restart the AXIS 5470e/570 to download the IP address.
Notes:
• The Ethernet address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 5470e/570.
• If you are a IBM AIX user, you will probably not have access to a RARP daemon. If this is the case, you can use either the ARP or BOOTP methods instead.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 41
AXIS 670e
Token Ring
Print Servers:
1. Append the following line to your Ethernet Address table. This is typically located in the
/etc/ethers
file:
<Node address> <host name>
Example:
00:02:31:48:00:61 npsname
2. Update, if necessary, your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.
3. If it is not already running, start the RARP daemon. This is typically performed using the rarpd -a
command.
4. Restart the AXIS 670e to download the IP address.
Notes:
• The Node address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670e.
• If you are a IBM AIX user, you will probably not have access to a RARP daemon. If this is the case, you can use either the ARP or BOOTP methods instead.
Using BOOTP in UNIX
Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using BOOTP:
1. Append the following entry to your boot table. This is typically performed by editing the file:
/etc/bootptab
<host name>:ht=<hardware type>:vm=<vendor magic>:\
:ha=<hardware address>:ip=<IP address>:\
:sm=<subnet mask>:gw=<gateway field>
Example - AXIS 5470e/570 Ethernet Print Servers: npsname:ht=ether:vm=rfc1048:\
:ha=00408c100086:ip=192.168.3.191:\
:sm=255.255.255.0:gw=192.168.1.1
42 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example - AXIS 670e Token Ring Print Servers: npsname:ht=tr:vm=rfc1048:\
:ha=000231480061:ip=192.168.3.191:\
:sm=255.255.255.0:gw=192.168.1.1
Notes:
• Enter the ht and vm fields exactly as shown in the example.
• The ha field is the Ethernet address/node address and the ip field is the IP address of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
• The gw and sm fields correspond to the default router address and subnet mask.
2. If necessary, update your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.
3. If it is not already running, start the BOOTP daemon. This is typically performed using the bootpd
command.
4. Restart the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to download the IP address, default router address and subnet mask.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e can automatically download a customized config file from a TFTP server. Just add the name of the config file and the TFTP server’s IP address to your boot table. The config file is downloaded immediately after the AXIS 5470e/570/670e receives its
IP address.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 43
Section 4 Setting Up - AS/400
This section describes how to configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e for printing SCS and IPDS data streams using SNA and TCP/IP transport protocols in the AS/400 environment.
Notes:
• SNA is only available for AXIS 570/670e and AXIS 5470e units with the SNA option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10
• IPDS is only supported by the AXIS 670e and the AXIS 5470e units with the
IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
A number of protocols and print methods are available. Looking at
SCS over TCP/IP printing, we strongly recommend the TN5250E alternative. This print method offers superior control and management features as well as automatic configuration and high throughput using the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
If you have decided to use SNA, we recommend the 5494 mode.
Compared to the 3174 mode, this alternative yields better text formatting options as well as automatic configuration.
Proceed to the setup section that is relevant to your network environment, as described in the table below:
Printing protocol
SNA - 5494
Mode
Data streams
SCS
Action
SNA Printing - 5494 Mode, on page 45
Comment
IPDS
Recommended method for SNA
TN5250E
(TCP/IP)
SCS
PPR/PPD
(TCP/IP)
IPDS
TN5250E printing , on page 54 Recommended method for SCS over TCP/IP
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams , on page 57
Recommended method for IPDS over TCP/IP
44 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570/670e in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual:
Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe , on page 65
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare , on page 110
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2 , on page 151
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh , on page 157
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 163
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 45
SNA Printing - 5494 Mode
The 5494 mode provides a significantly richer set of features for formatting text and is the recommended emulation mode in AS/400 environments.
The 5494 mode supports DBCS which accommodates printing from
AS/400 host systems using languages that employ double-byte character sets, namely Chinese, Japanese and Korean. Refer to DBCS
Support on page 275 for further information.
The AXIS print server supports printing SCS (AXIS 5470e/570/670e) and IPDS (AXIS 5470e/670e) data streams via the SNA transport protocol.
Notes:
• SNA is only available for AXIS 570/670e and AXIS 5470e units with the SNA option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
• IPDS data streams are only supported by the AXIS 670e and the AXIS 5470e unit with the IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model
Summary on page 10.
Configuring for SNA printing in 5494 Mode is described in three separate stages:
• The AS/400 Host System Checklist
• Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
• Verifying the communication
46 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
The AS/400 Host
System Checklist
If you are using AS/400 Version 3 Release 1 or higher, the AS/400 host in 5494 CU mode is automatically configured. The instructions in this section describe this automated configuration procedure.
If you are using a pre-version 3 release, you must perform the configuration procedure manually. If this is the case, please refer to the
AXIS Network Print Server Technical Reference that is supplied on the AXIS Product CD or the Technical Notes that feature on the Axis
Web site.
Note:
There is an AS/400 Parameter checklist in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Guide where you can enter the values described in this section for future reference.
1. Type DSPNETA on the AS/400 command line and press Enter .
For future reference, note the values of the Local network
ID and Default local location parameters. Press F3 .
Example:
DSPNETA
Display Network Attributes
System:
S1032BB0
Current system name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : S1032BB0
Pending system name . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : > APPN
Local control point name . . . . . . . . . . . . : S1032BB0
Default local location . . . . . . . . . . . . . : > S1032BB0
Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Data compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
BLANK
*ENDNODE
*NONE
Intermediate data compression . . . . . . . . . :
Maximum number of intermediate sessions . . . . :
Route addition resistance . . . . . . . . . . . :
Server network ID/control point name . . . . . . :
*NONE
200
128
*LCLNETID *ANY
More...
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F12=Cancel
The required parameter values are highlighted in bold.
AXIS 5470e/570 : Type WRKLIND *ELAN and press Enter:
AXIS 670e : Type WRKLIND *TRLAN and press Enter to get a list of all line descriptions on the system. Type 5 in front of the line description and press Enter.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 47
Example:
Selection or command
==> DSPLIND ETHERNET
F3=Exit F4=Prompt F9=Retrieve F12=Cancel F13=Information Assistant
F23=Set initial menu
2. Press F11 to display keywords.
Example:
Display Line Description S1032BB0
Line description . . . . . . . . . : ETHERNET
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC
Category of line . . . . . . . . . : *ELAN
Resource name . . . . . . . . . . : *NWSD
Vary on wait . . . . . . . . . . . : *NOWAIT
Network controller . . . . . . . . : ETHERNET00
Network server description . . . . : FSIOP
Port number . . . . . . . . . . : 1
Local adapter address . . . . . . : 08005AB77D49
Exchange identifier . . . . . . . : 056F1450
Ethernet standard . . . . . . . . : *ALL
Line speed . . . . . . . . . . . . : 10M
Current line speed . . . . . . . . : 10M
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *HALF
Current duplex . . . . . . . . . . : *HALF
Maximum controllers . . . . . . . : 40
More...
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel
3. For future reference, note the values of the Local Adapter
Address (ADPTADR) and Maximum Controllers
(MAXCTL) parameters. Press Enter to view the active switched controllers display.
Example:
Display Line Description S1032BB0
Line description . . . . . . . . . : ETHERNET
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *ACTSWTCTL
Category of line . . . . . . . . . : *ELAN
--------------Active Switched Controllers--------------
CONTROLER1
CONTROLER2
CONTROLER3
Bottom
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel
48 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
4. Press Enter to display the SSAP list. Make sure that there is at least one SSAP entry dedicated for SNA. For your future reference, note the SSAP value for this entry.
Verify that the number of controllers displayed on this screen does not exceed the value for maximum controllers (MAXCTL) from above.
Example:
Display Line Description S1032BB0
Line description . . . . . . . . . : ETHERNET
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *SSAP
Category of line . . . . . . . . . : *ELAN
----Source Service Access Points-----
---
SSAP Maximum Frame Type
04 1496 *SNA
12
AA
C8
1496
1496
1496
*NONSNA
*NONSNA
*HPR
----Source Service Access Points--
SSAP Maximum Frame Type
Bottom
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F11=Display keywords
Note:
F12=Cancel
The SNA entry is normally set to SSAP 04.
5. Press Enter to display the Autocreate controller
(AUTOCRTCTL) parameter. Ensure that the AUTOCRTCTL parameter is set to *YES . Press F3 to return to the command line.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 49
Example:
Display Line Description S1032BB0
Line description . . . . . . . . . : LIND
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : OPTION
Category of line . . . . . . . . . :
ETHERNET
*APPN
*ELAN
Link speed . . . . . . . . . . . . : LINKSPEED 10M
Cost/connect time . . . . . . . . : COSTCNN 0
Cost/byte . . . . . . . . . . . . : COSTBYTE
Security for line . . . . . . . . : SECURITY
Propagation delay . . . . . . . . : PRPDLY
User-defined 1 . . . . . . . . . . : USRDFN1
User-defined 2 . . . . . . . . . . : USRDFN2
0
*NONSECURE
*LAN
128
128
User-defined 3 . . . . . . . . . . : USRDFN3 128
Autocreate controller . . . . . . : AUTOCRTCTL *YES
Autodelete controller . . . . . . : AUTODLTCTL 1440
Bottom
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F11=Nondisplay keywords F12=Cancel
6. Type DSPSYSVAL QCHRID on the command line and press
Enter. Note the code page for future reference. Press F3 to exit.
7. Type DSPSYSVAL QAUTOCFG on the command line and press
Enter . Make sure the Autoconfigure device parameter is turned on (1). Press F3 to exit.
Example:
Display System Value
System value . . . . . : QAUTOCFG
Description . . . . . : Autoconfigure devices
Autoconfigure device . : 1 0=Off
1=On
8. Type DSPSYSVAL QAUTORMT on a command line and press
Enter. Make sure the Autoconfigure remote controller parameter is turned on(1). Press F3 to exit.
Example:
Display System Value
System value . . . . . : QAUTORMT
Description . . . . . : Autoconfigure of remote controllers
Autoconfigure remote controller : 1 0=Off
1=On
50 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
9. Type DSPMODD QRMTWSC on the command line and press
Enter . Press F11 to display the keywords. Verify that the mode description exists on the system and that it is configured as presented in the example below. Use the command
WRKMODD QRMTWSC if you need to change a value.
Press F3 .
Example:
Display Mode Description S1032BB0
Mode description . . . . . . . . . : QRMTWSC
Class-of-service . . . . . . . . . : #CONNECT
Maximum sessions . . . . . . . . . : 57
Maximum conversations . . . . . . : 57
Locally controlled sessions . . . : 56
Pre-established sessions . . . . . : 0
Maximum inbound pacing value . . . : *CALC
Inbound pacing value . . . . . . . : 7
Outbound pacing value . . . . . . : 7
Maximum length of request unit . . : *CALC
Data compression . . . . . . . . . : *NETATR
Inbound data compression . . . . . : *RLE
Outbound data compression . . . . : *RLE
Session level encryption . . . . . : *NONE
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : This Mode is IBM Supplied
Bottom
Press Enter to continue.
10. Type DSPUSRPRF QUSER and press Enter . Make sure that the
QUSER Status is *ENABLED.
Example:
Display User Profile - Basic
User profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : QUSER
Previous sign-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Sign-on attempts not valid . . . . . . . . : 0
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *ENABLED
Date password last changed . . . . . . . . : 08/08/00
Password expiration interval . . . . . . . : *SYSVAL
Set password to expired . . . . . . . . . : *NO
User class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *USER
Special authority . . . . . . . . . . . . : *NONE
Group profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *NONE
Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *USRPRF
Group authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *NONE
Group authority type . . . . . . . . . . . : *PRIVATE
Supplemental groups . . . . . . . . . . . : *NONE
Assistance level . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *SYSVAL
Current library . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *CRTDFT
More...
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 51
11. Page forward to the next screen by pressing Enter and verify that the Maximum Storage Allowed parameter is set to
*NOMAX . Press F3 .
Example:
Display User Profile - Basic
User profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : QUSER
Initial program . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
*NONE
Initial menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : MAIN
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL
Limit capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . : *NO
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Work Station User
Display sign-on information . . . . . . . : *SYSVAL
Limit device sessions . . . . . . . . . . : *SYSVAL
Keyboard buffering . . . . . . . . . . . . : *SYSVAL
Maximum storage allowed . . . . . . . . . : *NOMAX
Storage used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Highest scheduling priority . . . . . . . :
Job description . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
3
832
QDFTJOBD
QGPL
More...
Press Enter to continue.
F3=Exit F12=Cancel
Use the command WRKCFGSTS *CTL xxxx* (where xxxx is the first 4 characters of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e 5494 LU Name) and press Enter to delete any previously created Controller and Device descriptions specific to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Delete the Device
Descriptions (indented text) first and then the Controllers. Print a test page if you are unsure of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e 5494 LU
Name .
Example:
Work with Configuration Status S1032BB0
Starting characters Position to . . . . .
Type options, press Enter.
1=Vary on 2=Vary off
9=Display mode status
5=Work with job 8=Work with description
13=Work with APPN status...
Opt Description
FSIOP
ETHERNET
AXIS11
AXIS11
AXIS11
AXIS11
AXIS11
AXIS11
Status
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE/TARGET
ACTIVE/SOURCE
ACTIVE/SOURCE
ACTIVE/SOURCE
-------------Job--------------
SHEILA
SHEILA
SHEILA
SHEILA
QUSER
QUSER
QUSER
QUSER
010190
010190
010190
010190
52 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Configuring the
AXIS
5470e/570/670e
To perform the instructions presented in this section, you should first assign an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e using one of the methods presented in Assigning an IP address, on page 32.
Note:
If your network does not support the TCP/IP protocol suite, you can still configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using the AXIS NetPilot installation tool.
After you have completed the procedures in the AS/400 Host system checklist above, follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS
5470e/570/670e for SNA printing in the AS/400 environment using a
Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin | General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 53
4. Click the Add Session button. This will start the Configuration
Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required IBM configuration settings.
Verifying the
Communication Link
1. Type WRKCFGSTS *CTL xxxx* on the AS/400 command line ( xxxx is the first four characters of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e 5494 LU Name) and press Enter . After a couple of minutes, ensure that the following items are displayed:
• One APPC controller with the same name as the AXIS
5470e/570/670e 5494 LU Name .
• One APPC device with the same name as the AXIS
5470e/570/670e 5494 LU Name , one controller session
(QRMTWSC) and the currently active printer sessions
(QRMTWSC) .
• One twinax controller named xxxxxRMT , where xxxxx are the first five characters of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e 5494
LU Name .
• One, two or three twinax printer devices named xxxxPRT0z ( xxxx are the first four characters of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e 5494 LU Name and z is the printer device number).
The status of all items should now be ACTIVE or VARIED ON .
2. Type STRPRTWTR xxxxPRT0z on the AS/400 command line
( xxxxPRT0z is the printer device name) and press Enter . This command starts the writer for this printer device.
3. Press the AXIS 5470e/570/670e test button once to print a test page. Ensure that the SNA status is defined on the test page as
Idle, Actv or LU-4 .
54 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
TN5250E printing
TN5250E is the recommended protocol to use when printing SCS data streams over TCP/IP. This print method offers superior control, management and throughput for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Before you begin Make sure that the AS/400 host is running OS/400 V3R2 or higher with TCP/IP support installed and configured.
Make sure that the latest PTFs are installed. Information about which
PTFs to use can be obtained from:
http://as400service.rochester.ibm.com/
The AS/400 Host
System Checklist
Note:
There is an AS/400 Parameter checklist in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Guide where you can enter the values described in this section for future reference.
1. Type WRKCTLD *VWS on the AS/400 command line and press
Enter to determine the number of auto-configured virtual devices on your AS/400 system. Press F3.
2. Type DSPSYSVAL QAUTOVRT and press Enter .
Make sure that the value of the QAUTOVRT parameter is greater than the number of auto-configured virtual devices. Press F3 .
3. Type DSPSYSVAL QCHRID and press Enter. Note the system language (code page) for future reference. Press F3 .
4. Type WRKTCPSTS OPTION *IFC and press Enter to determine the IP address of the AS/400 server. Press F3 .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 55
Configuring the
AXIS
5470e/570/670e
Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e for TN5250E printing using a Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin |
General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This takes you to the
Configuration Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required configuration settings.
56 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Verifying the communication link
1. Type WRKCFGSTS *DEV xxxx* , where xxxx are the first four characters of the printer device name, on the AS/400 command line and press Enter . A list of printer devices will be displayed. Make sure that a virtual printer device is active.
2. Direct a printout to this printer device to check the integrity of the communication link.
3. Press the test button on the AXIS 5470e/570/670e once to print a test page. Make sure that the TN5250E status is defined on the test page as Idle, Actv or LU-1.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 57
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams
Note:
IPDS is only available for AXIS 670e and AXIS 5470e units with the IPDS option installed. For more information, refer to Product Model Summary on page 10 .
The configuration procedures presented in this section are divided into three separate steps:
• Configuring the AS/400 host
• Configuring the AXIS 5470e/670e
• Verifying the communication between the AXIS 5470e/670e and the AS/400
Before you begin Make sure that the AS/400 host is running OS/400 V3R6 or higher with TCP/IP support installed and configured.
Make sure that the latest PTFs are installed. Information about which
PTFs to use can be obtained from:
http://as400service.rochester.ibm.com/
58 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Configuring the
AS/400 Host System
When configuring the AS/400 host system you can:
• create a PSF configuration
• create a printer device description
Creating a PSF
Configuration
The system uses default values but you can optionally create a PSF configuration by following the instructions below:
1. Issue the command CRTPSFCFG .
2. Press F11 to display keywords.
3. Select a name for the PSF configuration and enter it at the PSF configuration (PSFCFG) line. The name may comprise the letters A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed.
4. Enter QGPL at the Library line.
5. Enter *YES at the IPDS pass through (IPDSPASTHR) line.
6. Enter *NORDYF at the Activate release timer
(ACTRLSTMR ) line.
7. Enter *NOMAX at the Release timer (RLSTMR) line.
8. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to create the PSF configuration.
Many of the settings presented in the following panel example can be left at their default settings. However, the settings that you must change are highlighted in bold text and the settings that you must enter exactly as shown in the example are highlighted in bold underlined text.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 59
Example:
Create PSF Configuration (CRTPSFCFG)
Type choices, press Enter.
PSF configuration. . . . . . . . PSFCFG
Library . . . . . . . . . . .
User resource library list . . . USRRSCLIBL
Device resource library list . . DEVRSCLIBL
+ for more values
IPDS pass through. . . . . . . . IPDSPASTHR
Activate release timer . . . . . ACTRLSTMR
Release timer. . . . . . . . . . RLSTMR
Restart timer. . . . . . . . . . RESTRTMR
APPC and TCP/IP retry count. . . RETRY
Delay between APPC retries . . . RETRYDLY
Automatic session recovery . . . UAUTOSSNRCY
Acknowledgment frequency . . . . ACKFRQ
Text ‘description’ . . . . . . . TEXT
> AXISPR1
> QGPL
*JOBLIBL
*DFT
> *YES
> *NORDYF
> *NOMAX
*IMMED
15
90
*NO
100
*BLANK
Bottom
Creating a Printer
Device Description
Create a printer device description by following the instructions below:
1. Issue the command CRTDEVPRT and press Enter .
2. Press F11 to display keywords.
3. Select a name for the printer device and enter it at the Device
Description (DEVD) line. The name may comprise the letters
A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed. In the following instructions the printer device name will be referred to as
AXISPR1.
4. Enter *LAN at the Device class (DEVCLS) line.
5. Enter *IPDS at the Device type (TYPE) line.
6. Enter 0 at the Device model (MODEL) line.
7. Enter *IP at the LAN attachment (LANATTACH) line.
60 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
8. Enter a port number at the Port number (PORT) line. The
Axis print server is pre-configured with the port numbers 5001,
5002 and 5003 for IPDS printing.
9. Enter a FGID number at the Font Identifier (FONT) line, e.g. 11 (Courier).
10. Define the Remote location (RMTLOCNAME) . Use the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/670e.
11. (Optional) Enter the name of the previously created PSF configuration at the User-defined object (USRDFNOBJ):
Object line.
12. (Optional) Enter the library of the previously created PSF configuration at the User-defined object (USRDFNOBJ):
Library line.
13. (Optional) Enter *PSFCFG at the User-defined object
(USRDFNOBJ): Object type line.
14. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to create the printer device description.
Many of the settings presented in the following panel example can be left at their default settings. However, the settings that you must change are highlighted in bold text and the settings that you must enter exactly as shown in the example are highlighted in bold underlined text.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 61
Example:
Create Device Desc (Printer) (CRTDEVPRT)
Type choices, press Enter.
Device description . . . . . . . DEVD
Device class . . . . . . . . . . DEVCLS
Device type . . . . . . . . . . TYPE
Device model . . . . . . . . . . MODEL
LAN attachment . . . . . . . . . LANATTACH
Advanced function printing . . . AFP
Port number . . . . . . . . . . PORT
Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE
Font:
Identifier . . . . . . . . . .
FONT
Point size . . . . . . . . . .
Form feed. . . . . . . . . . . . FORMFEED
Separator drawer . . . . . . . . SEPDRAWER
Separator program . . . . . . . SEPPGM
Library . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer error message . . . . . PRTERRMSG
Message queue . . . . . . . . . MSGQ
Library . . . . . . . . . . .
Activation timer . . . . . . . . ACTTMR
Image configuration. . . . . . . IMGCFG
Maximum pending requests . . . . MAXPNDRQS
Print while converting . . . . . PRTCVT
Print request timer. . . . . . . PRTRQSTMR
Form definition. . . . . . . . . FORMDF
Library. . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote location: . . . . . . . . RMTLOCNAME
Name or address. . . . . . . .
User-defined options . . . . . . USRDFNOPT
+ for more values
> AXISPR1
> *LAN
> *IPDS
> 0
> *IP
*YES
> 5001
*YES
> 11
*NONE
*FILE
*FILE
*NONE
*INQ
More...
QSYSOPR
*LIBL
170
*NONE
6
*YES
*NOMAX
F1C10110
*LIBL
> ‘192.168.5.23’
*NONE
More...
Example cont:
62 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
User-defined objects . . . . . . USRDFNOBJ
Object . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . .
Object type. . . . . . . . . .
Data transform program . . . . . USRDTATFM
Library. . . . . . . . . . . .
User-defined driver program. . . USRDRVPGM
Library. . . . . . . . . . . .
Text ‘description’ . . . . . . . TEXT
> AXISPR1
> QGPL
> *PSFCFG
*NONE
*NONE
IPDS over PPR/PPD
More...
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 63
Configuring the AXIS
5470e/670e
Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS 5470e/670e using a standard Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS 5470e/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS 5470e/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin | General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This takes you to the
Configuration Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required configuration settings.
64 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Verifying the communication
Follow the instructions below to verify the communication by sending a print job to the AXIS 5470e/670e:
Note :
AXISPR1 is an example. Refer to Creating a Printer Device Description
on page 59 for details .
1. Type WRKCFGSTS *DEV AXISPR1 on the AS/400 command line and press Enter to display the previously created printer device. The status of the printer device should be VARIED OFF .
2. Vary on the printer device by typing 1 in the Opt field. Press
E NTER .
3. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be
VARIED ON .
4. Start the printer writer by typing STRPRTWTR AXISPR1 on the AS/400 command line. Press Enter .
5. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be
ACTIVE/WRITER .
6. Direct a printout to this printer device. A successful printout verifies the communication link between the AS/400 and the
AXIS 5470e/670e.
The AXIS 5470e/670e is now ready for printing in the AS/400 environment.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 65
Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe
This section describes how to configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e for printing SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams using SNA and TCP/IP transport protocols in the IBM Mainframe environment.
Proceed to the setup section that is relevant to your network environment, as described in the table below:
Printing protocol
Data streams Action
SNA
TN3270E
(TCP/IP)
SCS
3270DS
IPDS
SCS
3270DS
IPDS
SNA Printing, on page 67
TCP/IP TN3270E Printing , on page 77
PPR/PPD
(TCP/IP)
IPDS
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams , on page 89
Notes:
• IPDS is only available for AXIS 5470e/670e units with the IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
• SNA is only available for AXIS 5470e/570/670e units with the SNA option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
66 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570/670e in a multi- protocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:
Section 4 - Setting Up - AS/400
Section 6 - Setting Up - NetWare
Section 7 - Setting Up - Windows
Section 8 - Setting Up - OS/2
Section 9 - Setting Up - Macintosh
Section 10 - Setting Up - UNIX
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 67
SNA Printing
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports printing of SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams via the SNA transport protocol.
Important!
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be set up to emulate an IBM 3174 (3174 CU mode) in the Mainframe/VTAM environment.
Notes:
• IPDS is only available for the AXIS 670e and the AXIS 5470e units with the
IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page
10.
• SNA is only available for AXIS 5470e/570/670e units with the SNA option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
Configuring for SNA printing in 3174 CU Mode is described in three separate stages:
• Configuring the IBM Mainframe Host system
• Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
• Verifying the communication
Configuring the
Mainframe
Host System
These procedures are compulsory for printing in the IBM Mainframe environment.
Configuring the host system requires you to do the following:
• Make sure that a VTAM Logon-mode entry is available for your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
• Create the VTAM Definition for the Major Node where the Print
Server definition is to be placed.
68 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Before you begin Make note of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number that is found on the label on the unit.
Procedures Important!
When using a concentrator gateway between the host and your print server, it is not necessary to define separate VTAM Major Node and PU definitions for the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e. You will instead be working with the gateway VTAM definitions. Since the AXIS 5470e/570/670e will appear to the host as one or several LU's attached to the gateway PU, you need only add LU definitions to the gateway major node definition and then proceed to item 3 below.
1. Define a VTAM Major Node Definition where the Print
Server definitions will be placed. Using a channel attached 3174 as a gateway to the host, this definition is typically defined as a
Local Major Node . If you are using a remotely attached gateway via a 37X5 communications controller or a LAN attached
3172, you will be working with a Switched Major Node definition .
2.Add the Print Server PU and LU definitions to the major node definition.
Note:
For Switched Major Node definitions you need to :
•Add the IDBLK (default = E07) and IDNUM (default = last 5 digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e MAC address) entries to the PU definition.
•Code a PATH definition using the unit’s full 12 digit MAC address.
Example : An AXIS 5470e/570/670e with a MAC/node address of
00408C100086
will be defined as:
PA5470e1 PATH DIALNO=010400408C100086, GID=1,
FID=1, GRPNM=gggggg
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 69
3. Make sure that the corresponding VTAM Logon-mode entries are available and that the appropriate LU session types ( LU1 or
LU3 ) are used.
4.
Vary ACTive the VTAM Major Node definition for the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Sample Sessions The examples below are based on samples given in VTAM
Customization (IBM part no: SC23-0112), with some changes to optimize use for AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
VTAM for MVS is assumed, although the configuration for VM and
VSE is similar.
Logon-mode Entry Creating a VTAM Logon-mode entry for your AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
Example: (Logon-mode entry for LU type 1 printing)
*
* For application output of LU-1 SNA Character Stream (SCS)
*
TITLE ‘SCS5470e’
SCS5470e MODEENT LOGMODE=SCS5470e,
FMPROF=X’03’,
TSPROF=X’03’,
PRIPROT=X’B1’,
SECPROT=X’B0’,
COMPROT=X’3080’,
RUSIZES=X’8585’,
PSERVIC=X’014000010000000001000000’,
PSNDPAC=X’03’,
SRCVPAC=X’03’
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
70 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example: (Logon-mode entry for LU type 3 printing)
*
* For application output of LU-3 3270 Data Stream (3270DS)
*
TITLE ‘DSC5470e’
DSC5470e MODEENT LOGMODE=DSC5470e,
FMPROF=X’03’,
TSPROF=X’03’,
PRIPROT=X’B1’,
SECPROT=X’90’,
COMPROT=X’3080’,
RUSIZES=X’8585’,
PSERVIC=X’030000000000185018507F00’,
PSNDPAC=X’03’,
SRCVPAC=X’03’
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 71
Switched major node definitions
The example below shows how the print server PU, PATH, and LU definitions may be coded in a switched major node definition.
* PU definition
* E07xxxxxx is the node ID set in AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
*
PU5470e1 PU ADDR=04,
PUTYPE=2,
IDBLK=E07,
IDNUM=nnnnn,
MAXPATH=1,
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
USSTAB=USSMAST,
VPACING=(0)
*
* Path definition
* xxxxxxxxxxxx is the 12 last digits of the MAC
* address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
*
PA5470e1 PATH DIALNO=0104xxxxxxxxxxxx,
GID=1,
PID=1,
GRPNM=gggggg
*
* LU definitions. Use either LU5470e1 or LU5470e3
*
* LU type 1 (SCS)
*
LU5470e1 LU LOCADDR=2,
DLOGMOD=SCS5470e,
VPACING=7,
PACING=3
*
* LU type 3 (3270DS)
*
LU5470e3 LU LOCADDR=2,
DLOGMOD=DSC5470e,
VPACING=7,
PACING=3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Note:
In the PU definition, IDNUM should be set to the five last digits of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e node address, NODE_ADDR . By default NODE_ADDR is the five last digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number.
72 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Note:
In the path definition, PATH DIALNO should be comprised with its first two digits equal to the place holder, the next two set to the SAP and the remaining twelve digits set to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Ethernet or Node address. By default the Ethernet/Node address is identical to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number. A valid GRPNM must also be supplied.
Note:
In the LU definition, the LOCADDR number maps to the Logical Printer number of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. The first eight Local Addresses pass the printout through Logical Printer 1-8. However, some IBM systems do not allow Local
Address 1 to be used for printing. Refer to Section 13 - Using Logical
Printers , on page 215 for more information about logical printers.
AXIS 670e Token ring Example (PU definition for an IBM 9370):
Path is not used for a locally attached 9370 Token Ring adapter.
Replace the PATH and PU definitions in the previous example with the PU definition below.
*
* PU definition for 9370
* E07nnnnn is the node ID set in AXIS 670e.
* xxxxxxxx is the 8 last digits of the MAC address of
* the AXIS 670e.
*
PU6701 PU IDBLK=E07,
IDNUM=nnnnn,
MACADDR=xxxxxxxxxxxx,
SAPADDR=04
X
X
X
Note:
IDNUM should be set to the five last digits of the AXIS 670e node ID. By default, this is the five last digits of the AXIS 670e serial number. The last twelve digits of
MACADDR should be set to the AXIS 670e Node address. By default this is the
AXIS 670e serial number.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 73
Local Major
Node Definitions
The example below shows how the print server PU and LU definitions may be coded in a local major node definition:
* 5470e DSPU DEFINITION
DSPU5470e PU CUADDR=E31,
MODETAB=MODE3290,
PUTYPE=2,ISTATUS=ACTIVE,MAXBFRU=1
DSPULU02 LU LOCADDR=2
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
USSTAB=USSTAB,
PACING=1,
VPACING=2,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
LOGAPPL=MWTC,
DLOGMOD=SCS5470e
DSPULU03 LU LOCADDR=3,
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
USSTAB=USSTAB,
PACING=1,
VPACING=2,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
LOGAPPL=MWTC,
DLOGMOD=SCS5470e
X
X
Note:
If the LAN media at the remote (Print Server) location differs from that at the host location (e.g. Remote LAN = Ethernet and Host LAN = Token Ring), the MAC address definitions must be modified, as outlined below:
Print Server Modifications:
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e Host MAC address (H1_MAC_ADDR) must be bitorder reversed for each byte, e.g. if the host address is 08005AB77D49 the converted address will be
10005AEDBE92
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
74 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Host Modifications:
The required Host modifications are dependent upon the VTAM definition for the Major Node where the Print Server definition is placed.
• Case 1 :
VTAM Major Node definition is a Switched Major Node.
The MAC address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be bitorder reversed in the PATH entry. An AXIS 5470e/570/670e with a MAC/node address of 00408C1B06D4 will be defined using the MAC/node address 000231D8602B as follows:
PA5470e1 PATH
DIALNO=0104000231D8602B, GID=1, PID=1, GRPNM=gggggg
• Case 2:
VTAM Major Node definition is a Local Major Node.
When using a channel attached controller as gateway to the host, the MAC address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is configured in the gateway. The address must be reversed, as in case 1 above.
Configuring the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
To perform the instructions presented in this section, you should first assign an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e using one of the methods presented in Assigning an IP address , on page 32.
Note:
If your network does not support the TCP/IP protocol suite, you can still configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using the AXIS NetPilot installation tool. Appropriate instructions are available in the AXIS NetPilot online help.
The purpose of the configuration of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is to emulate a LAN attached IBM 3174 Control Unit running SNA
PU2.0.
Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using a Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 75
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin |
General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This will start the Configuration
Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required configuration settings.
Verifying the
Communication Link
The easiest way to test the communication is by sending a print job to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. If there are problems, press the test button once to print the test page where you can find the present SNA link status.
76 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Procedures 1. Power on the Print Server and wait for 2 minutes.
2. Press the test button once to print a test page and make sure that the SNA status line is defined as either:
•Idle
•Actv
•LU-1
•LU-3
Note:
Please refer to Axis’ Technical Notes and FAQ on the Axis Web site, if the status line indicates that the SNA link is not active .
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is now ready for use in the SNA environment.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 77
TCP/IP TN3270E Printing
The following procedures describe how to configure the AXIS
5470e/570/670e for SCS, 3270DS and IPDS printing, using TCP/IP
TN3270E.
This is achieved by establishing communication between the AXIS
5470e/570/670e and Mainframe host via a TN3270E server, using the TCP/IP transport protocol for the SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams, as illustrated below:
Note:
IPDS is only available for AXIS 670e and AXIS 5470e units with the IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10
Configuring for TN3270E printing is described in four separate stages:
• Configuring the IBM Mainframe Host system
• Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
• Configuring the TN3270E server
• Verifying the communication
Configuring the
Mainframe host
Consult your TN3270E server documentation and make sure that the appropriate VTAM host system definitions are set up for mainframe-to-TN3270E server SNA communication.
78 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Configuring the
AXIS
5470e/570/670e
Follow instructions below to configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using a Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin |
General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This will start the Configuration
Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required configuration settings.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 79
Configuring the
TN3270E server
The TN3270E server may be implemented as a software package running on the mainframe itself, a router or other server hardware.
Configuration examples for two popular TN3270E-capable servers are described below, namely:
• Microsoft SNA Server
• Novell NetWare for SAA.
Typical AXIS 5470e/570/670e TCP/IP TN3270E Network Configuration
Note:
• Configuration procedures can differ from other TN3270E servers.
• For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the Technical Notes section on the AXIS Web pages.
Microsoft SNA Server Communication is established in two separate stages, SNA Server-to-
Host connection and SNA Server to AXIS 5470e/570/670e connection, as described below:
SNA Server-to-Host Connection
Follow the steps below to set-up a SNA Server-to-Host connection for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
1. Start Microsoft SNA Server Manager and click the Servers folder.
The Main SNA Server Manager Window is featured in the illustration below.
2. Insert a new Connection to the host under Connections. Refer to the online help for assistance on how to configure the connection.
80 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
3. Select the new connection and Insert a 3270 Application LU
(LUA) to this connection.
4. Set the LU Number to the LU Number specified in the host.
5. Set the LU Name to the name you want to use for the printer device. This is the same name that you specify in the TN3270E
Printer Name parameter of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
6. Click OK.
SNA Server Manager Main Window
SNA Server - AXIS 5470e/570/670e connection
1. Select the new LUA and drag it to the TN3270 connection definition (highlighted in the SNA Server Manager Window above).
2. Select the properties of the LUA.
3. Click on the TN3270 tab in the properties popup window.
4. Select Generic Printer Type.
5. Click on the IP Address List tab.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 81
6. Specify the IP Address of the client(s) that you want to assign to this LU. This is the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, i.e. the same as the INT_ADDR parameter in the Print Server.
7. Click OK.
Verifying the
Communication:
1. Activate the connection you created in step 2 of the above SNA
Server - AXIS 5470e/570/670e connection procedures. The status of the connection should be “active”.
2. Make sure the corresponding LU in the host is activated.
3. Activate the TN3270 connection to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
The LUA should change status to SSCP .
4. Check that the printer is connected to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
5. Send a print job from the host.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is now ready for use.
Notes:
• You can check the status of the TN3270E connection by printing a test page from the Print Server. This is done by pressing the test button once. Make sure the TN3270E status (St:) line for your server connection is defined as either:
•SSCP
•LU-1
•LU-3
• For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the Technical Notes via the AXIS Web pages.
82 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
NetWare for
SAA Server
To set-up a TN3270E connection to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e you have to set up PU and LU definitions. This is done by following the steps below:
1. Start the NWSAA Administrator.
2. Double click on the NWSAA Node. The panel below will appear.
3. Enter the Node ID for the host.
4. Leave the rest at their default settings.
Peer PU profile
5. Click on the TN3270 icon. The panel below will appear.
6. Select All Available Host PU profiles.
7. Enter the user name, from the User List, that you want all
TN3270 clients to use.
8. Specify the maximum number of TELNET connections you want to allow each TN3270 client.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 83
9. Leave the rest at their default settings and click OK.
Host PU profiles
10. Press the “insert” key to create a new Host PU Profile. Choose
Host PU Profile from the list displayed in the dialog. Then the panel below will appear.
11. Enter a unique name as PU profile name.
12. Enter the number of dependent LUs you want for this PU.
13. Enter the starting LU number.
14. Enter the Node ID (the same ID as for item 3 above).
15. Choose logical adapter.
16. Set maximum frame size to transmit inbound to match the
MAXDATA in the host definition.
17. Enter the host node address.
84 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
18. Leave the rest at their default settings.
PU Profile name & Logical adapter
19. Click the LU Defaults icon. The panel below will appear
20. Set Default LU category to Public.
21. Set Default LU type to Printer (LU type 1 or 3) .
22. Specify the VTAM LU name prefix. Click OK.
Notes:
• When the LUs are created the default names for the Printer Devices will be
<name prefix> followed by a two digit number starting at the number you entered in the starting dependent LU number field (refer to step 13 above).
• In the example below, eight LUs are created automatically. The LU names created will be BRLTST04 through to BRLTST0B. These names must correspond to the Printer Names you specify for the TN3270E sessions in the Print Server.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 85
Printer LU
You can now generate a configuration report from NW for SAA. To do this, simply mark the server icon in the left window and select
Generate Server Configuration Report from the function menu.
86 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
The following table is a summary of a report generated by this command for the example above.
Profile Name
SNA Network ID:
Peripheral node control point name:
Block ID/PU ID:
Local/Partner SAP for ILUs:
Logical Adapter:
PU Profile:
Adapter Name
Adapter Type:
Terminate peer link if no active APPC sessions:
Logical adapter number:
Number of local service access points:
Enable adapter at startup:
PU Profile Name
Number of dependent LUs:
Starting dependent LU number:
Peripheral node control point name:
Node ID (block/PU ID):
Offline test mode:
Assign only LUs activated by the host:
Enable SDDLU Support:
Adapter Name:
Adapter Type:
Maximum Session Count:
VTAM Name Prefix:
Default LU Type:
NWSAA
SEEDB
CPNAME
05D 66204
04
E100B_1
NWSAAPU
E100B_1
0
2
LLC 802.2
No
8
4
Yes
NWSAAPU
NWSAAPU
05D 66204
No
Yes
No
E100B_1
LLC 802.2
9
BRLTST
1
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 87
Profile Name
Default Model Number:
Default LU Category:
Maximum frame size to transmit inbound:
Remote node address:
Remote Service Access Point:
Local Service Access Point:
Enable PU profile at startup:
LU id Category VTAM LU Name
7
8
9
10
11
0
4
5
6
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
BRLTST04
BRLTST05
BRLTST06
BRLTST07
BRLTST08
BRLTST09
BRLTST0A
BRLTST0B
PU Profile Names
Maximum connections per client
Use IP client name
TN3270 NetWare User ID
Client Response Timer
NetWare SAA
5
No
Admin
120
Printer End of Job Timer 9999
Summary of a report generated by Generate Server
Configuration Report (bold text = not default).
NWSAA
2
Public
0521
020066800000
04
04
Yes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type Mod Termination
Method
14
1
2
2
2
2
TSELF
TSELF
TSELF
TSELF
2
2
2
2
2
TSELF
TSELF
TSELF
TSELF
TSELF
88 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Verifying the Communication:
Follow the steps below to test the communication by sending a print job to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
1. Make sure the printer is connected to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and the corresponding LU in the host is activated.
2. Send a print job from the host.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is now ready for use. If needed, it can be further adapted to your system using the AXIS NetPilot™, Webbased configuration pages or IBM Printer Emulation. Please refer to
Appendix C - Extended IBM Printer Emulation , on page 245.
Note:
You can check the status of the TN3270E connection by printing a test page from the Print Server. This is done by pressing the test button once. Make sure the
TN3270E status (St:) line for your server connection is defined as either:
• SSCP
• LU-1
• LU-3
For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the
Technical Notes via the AXIS Web pages.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 89
PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams
Note:
IPDS is only available for AXIS 670e and AXIS 5470e units with the IPDS option installed. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10.
Before you begin In order to use the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to print IPDS data using
TCP/IP as the transport protocol, the following software must be installed and configured on your MVS:
• PSF/MVS Version 2 release 2.0 with APAR OW15599.
• MVS Scheduler APAR OW12236 to support the two new
PRINTDEV keywords: IPADDR and PORTNO .
• TCP/IP version 3 release 1, or higher
As the AXIS 5470e/570/670e translates IPDS to PostScript, you also need a printer with PostScript level 2 capability.
Configuration
Procedures
The configuration procedures presented in this section are divided into seven separate steps:
1. Specifying the TCP/IP address space name
2. Defining the MVS control unit
3. Modifying the TCP/IP profile on your MVS system, if necessary
4. Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
5. Verifying the communication between the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and the IBM Mainframe
6. Defining the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as a writer-controlled printer to JES
7. Defining the printer to PSF with a PRINTDEV statement, including the IP address and port number.
90 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Specifying the TCP/IP address space name
To specify a TCP/IP address space name you should enter the following EXEC statement in the appropriate PSF writer procedure:
//STEP01 EXEC PGM=APSPPIEP,REGION=4096K,PARM=(,,,,tcpip_name) where tcpip_name is the name of the TCP/IP address space. If this parameter is not coded, PSF uses the default name TCPIP . For a full description of the PARM parameter refer to Print Services Facility/MVS:
Diagnosis Guide and Reference.
Defining the
MVS control unit
If you have not already done so, you must define the communications control unit, e.g. the 3172 control unit or the 3745 control unit, to
MVS. The tool to use is dependent on your MVS version:
• When using a version earlier than MVS 4.1.0, you should use an
MVS Configuration Program (MVSCP).
• When using a version of MVS 4.1.0 or higher, you can use a
HardWare Configuration Definition (HCD) or an MVSCP.
For more information about using these methods, please refer to one of the following publications:
• MVS/ESA Planning: Dynamic I/O Configuration
• OS/390 HCD Planning
• HCD User's Guide
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 91
Modifying the
TCP/IP profile
The TCP/IP profile contains system configuration statements used to initialize the TCP/IP address space. Among those statements, the following are subject to special considerations when you are printing from PSF on TCP/IP-attached printers:
• DATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
• SMALLDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
• TINYDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
• KEEPALIVEOPTIONS
• GATEWAY
Below is an excerpt from an example TCP/IP Profile (not a complete profile) . Examples of the statements above are printed in bold:
ACBPOOLSIZE 1000
ADDRESSTRANSLATIONPOOLSIZE
CCBPOOLSIZE
DATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
ENVELOPEPOOLSIZE
1500
150
160
750
32768
IPROUTEPOOLSIZE
LARGEENVELOPEPOOLSIZE
RCBPOOLSIZE
SCBPOOLSIZE
300
50
50
256
SKCBPOOLSIZE
SMALLDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
TCBPOOLSIZE
TINYDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
UCBPOOLSIZE
256
256
256
512
100
KEEPALIVEOPTIONS INTERVAL 10 SENDGARBAGE FALSE ENDKEEPALIVEOPTIONS
GATEWAY
; * Network
10
First Hop
=
Linkname
BCPLAN
DEFAULTNET 10.10.12.1 BPCLAN
Packet Size Subnet mask
2000
2000 255.255.255.0 0
Subnet value
255.255.255.0 10.10.12.0
Note:
If you change any of the values in the TCP/IP profile, you must restart TCP/IP to activate the new settings.
92 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Statement
DATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
KEEPALIVEOPTIONS
GATEWAY
The table below provides more information about the statements.
SMALLDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
TINYDATABUFFERPOOLSIZE
Explanation
Defines the number and size of the data buffers. It is recommended that you specify at least 160 data buffers and a buffer size of 32768 bytes
Defines the number of small data buffers. It is recommended that you specify at least 256 small data buffers
Defines the number of tiny data buffers. It is recommended that you specify at least 256 tiny data buffers
PSF relies on TCP to detect when a connection with a TCP/IP-attached printer or an AXIS 5470e/570/670e is no longer available. When no data has been exchanged between PSF and its connection partner, TCP sends keep-alive probes to the connection partner periodically. These periodic probes, called keep-alive transmissions, enable TCP to discover when a connection is no longer usable even if the connection partner is abruptly powered off or is no longer accessible through the network.
The frequency of keep-alive transmissions is controlled by the INTERVAL parameter on the KEEPALIVEOPTIONS statement. The frequency applies to all TCP applications that direct TCP to send keep alive transmissions.
The default frequency is after about two hours of inactivity.
We recommend that you specify a shorter interval than the default, such as 10 minutes, for the interval between keep-alive transmissions.
Also, if any target host on you network requires that the keep-alive packet contains data, specify SENDGARBAGE TRUE
The Packet_size parameter of the GATEWAY statement defines the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the MVS host. The MTU size must not exceed the maximum size that can be sent through the control unit; if it does, transmission problems will occur.
The MTU size should be 2000 bytes and the MTU size for the MVS host should be the same as the MTU size for the printer.
For values in the GATEWAY statement other than the packet size, specify the values that are correct for your installation.
For more information about the TCP/IP profile and the statements described in this section, please refer to:
• IBM TCP/IP MVS Customization and Administration Guide
• IBM TCP/IP Performance and Tuning Guide
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 93
Configuring the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS
5470e/570/670e using a standard Web browser:
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin |
General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This will start the Configuration
Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required IBM configuration settings.
Verifying the communication
You can verify the communication between the MVS system and the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e by pinging the print server from the MVS system. A successful ping indicates that the MVS system can communicate with the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
94 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
From an TSO session, enter the following command:
TSO PING <IP_address>
Note:
The IP address is the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
In JES2, enter the following command from the System Display and
Search Facility (SDSF) menu 6: ping <IP_address>
Note:
The IP address is the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Here is an example of a successful ping:
EZA0458I Ping V3R1: Pinging host 10.50.45.200
(Use ATTN to interrupt.)
EZA0463I PING: Ping #1 response took 0.055 seconds
Successes so far = 1
And here is an example of an unsuccessful ping:
EZA0458I Ping V3R1: Pinging host 10.50.45.200
(Use ATTN to interrupt.)
EZA0464I PING: Ping #1 timed out
If the ping is not successful make sure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is configured according to the instructions in Assigning an IP address , on page 32 and in Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e , on page
78. If these items are all in order, consult your TCP/IP network administrator.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 95
JES definitions When a TCP-attached printer is to be used with JES, it must be defined for deferred-printing mode. To use a PSF printer for deferred printing under JES, you must first code JES initialization statements to define FSSs and FSAs for PSF printers. For JES2, the FSS is defined by an FSS statement, and the FSA is defined by a PRTnnnn statement. For JES3, the FSS is defined by an FSSDEF statement, and the FSA is defined by a DEVICE statement.
The maximum number of FSSs and FSAs that are supported are:
• FSSs = 2000
• FSAs per FSS = 64
The actual number of FSAs per FSS depends on several factors like:
• The virtual region size below the 16-megabyte line
• The number and the size of form definitions and page definitions
• The number of buffers specified ( BUFNO ) for channel-attached printers
• The block sizes of the font, page segment, overlay, form definition, and page definition libraries
JES2 Initialization The example below shows a sample JES2 statements for a TCP/IPattached AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
FSS (FSS1) PROC=SAMPPROC,HASPFSSM=HASPFSSM
PRT1 FSS=FSS1,MODE=FSS,PRMODE=(LINE,PAGE,),
CLASS=C,UCS=0,SEP=NO,SEPDS=NO,CKPTPAGE=100
START=YES,MARK=NO,TRKCELL=YES
Note:
This is only an example. For specific coding for JES parameters, refer to the JES publication for the level of JES you are using.
96 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
FSS Statement
FSS (fasname)
PROC
HASPFSSM
The following paragraphs describe the JES2 initialization statements shown above, which are typical of the JES2 statements used with PSF.
For more detailed descriptions of all JES2 initialization statements, refer to the JES2 initialization and tuning publication for your operating system.
FSS Statement:
The FSS initialization statement is optional but recommended. If it is omitted, JES2 generates a default FSS for that device. The FSS initialization statement defines an FSS to JES2. The FSS statement is associated with one or more PRTnnnn statements that define each printer FSA. For a description of all FSS parameters, refer to the JES2 initialization and tuning publication for your operating system. The
FSS statement contains the following parameters for PSF:
Explanation
Specifies the unique 1- to 8-character name of a particular FSS. This name is referenced in the PRTnnnn statement for each printer FSA that is associated with this FSS. When you start the first printer that has an FSA definition for that FSS, an FSS address space is created for
PSF. PSF manages this FSS and the printer FSA for the first printer. If you start a second printer with an FSA definition for the same FSS, PSF manages a separate FSA for the second printer in that FSS.
Specifies a procedure for starting the PSF FSS. The procedure, which must be defined before that FSS is started, is a member of either
SYS1.PROCLIB or a library concatenated to SYS1.PROCLIB.
Specifies the 1- to 8-character name of the load module that is loaded into the PSF FSS address space. This load module contains the various
FSI service routines that JES2 supplies. For PSF, specify the default value ( HASPFSSM=HASPFSSM ).
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 97
PRTnnnn Statement
CKPTPAGE
CLASS
FSS
MARK
MODE
PRTnnnn Statement:
A PRTnnnn statement, which is required to define each printer nnnn statement FSA, is associated with an FSS statement. Each printer FSA should have a unique PRTnnnn name that must match the label on the CNTL , ENDCNTL , and PRINTDEV statements for the PSF startup procedure specified in the PROC parameter.
Note:
The label on the PRINTDEV statement must be 8 characters or fewer. PSF accepts the PRTnnnn , PRINTnn , and PRINTERn formats.
PRTnnnn is the recommended format.
The PRTnnnn parameters create JES2 default values that are used unless other values are specified in the application program JCL. The
PRTnnnn statement contains the following parameters:
Explanation
Specifies the number of pages between data-set checkpoints. If checkpoint intervals are too frequent, printer performance is significantly reduced. If intervals are too infrequent, and a PSF error occurs, the job has to be reprocessed from the last checkpoint. In this case, printer performance is significantly reduced if PSF errors continue to occur. The recommended starting value is 100.
Specifies the output classes processed by the printer. By defining print classes you can handle disabled mechanisms.
Specifies the FSS for this device and must match the FSA name specified in the corresponding FSS statement. This parameter is required.
Enables form markings to be placed on the job trailer pages. For the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e you should set this parameter to NO.
Note: This parameter is new in JES2 and replaces the MARK |
NOMARK parameter.
Specifies that the printer is managed by an FSS. This parameter is required.
98 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
PRTnnnn Statement
PRMODE
SEP
SEPDS
START
TRKCELL
UCS
Explanation
Specifies the data-set processing modes supported for the printer. It lists all the PRMODE values that the printer accepts. If the AXIS
5470e/570/670e is connected to a PostScript printer, the correct setting is
PRMODE=(PAGE,LINE,)
.. This setting indicates that composed-page and line data sets can be printed.
Enables job-header and job-trailer separator pages to be produced.
Note1: If the Distributed Print Function (DPF) of PSF/2 is installed, you may need to set this parameter to
YES
.
Note2: This parameter is new in JES2 and replaces the SEP | NOSEP parameter.
Enables formatted data-set header separator pages to be produced.
Note: This parameter is new in JES2 and replaces the SEPDS |
NOSEPDS parameter.
Specifies the way that the printer is started. The parameter value NO specifies that the printer is to be started by an operator command. The parameter value YES specifies that the printer, if it is ready, is to start automatically when JES2 starts processing.
Note: This parameter is new in JES2 and replaces the DRAIN | START parameter.
Specifies whether track-cell despooling is to be used or not. It is recommended to set this parameter to
YES
.
Specifies a default font. If you want to select a font in the startup procedure instead of the JES2 default font, you should set this parameter to 0 .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 99
JES3 Initialization Below is sample JES3 statements for an TCP/IP attached AXIS
5470e/570/670e. In the example the JNAME=PRT1 have been used.
FSSDEF,TYPE=WTR,FSSNAME=FSS3,PNAME=SAMPPRO3,SYSTEM=SYS1,TERM=NO
DEVICE,DTYPE=PRTAFP1,JNAME=PRT1,JUNIT=(,SYS1,,ON),FSSNAME=FSS3
MODE=FSS,PM=(LINE,PAGE,),CHARS=(YES,GT12),
CARRIAGE=(TES,A868),CKPNTPG=100,HEADER=YES,WC=(C)
Note:
This is only an example. For specific coding for JES parameters, refer to the JES publication for the level of JES you are using.
The following paragraphs describe the JES3 initialization statements shown above, which are typical of the JES3 statements used with PSF.
For more detailed descriptions of all JES3 initialization statements, refer to the JES3 initialization and tuning publication for your operating system.
100 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
FSSDEF Statement
TYPE
FSSNAME
PNAME
SYSTEM
TERM
FSSDEF Statement:
The FSSDEF initialization statement is optional but recommended.
If it is omitted, JES3 generates a default FSS for the printer being invoked.
The FSSDEF statement can contain the following parameters:
Explanation
Specifies that the FSS is an output writer for deferred printing. This parameter is required.
Specifies the unique name of a particular FSS. This parameter is required.
Specifies a procedure for starting a specific PSF FSS. The procedure, which must be defined before the FSS is started, is a member of the procedure library defined by the STCPROC parameter of the
STANDARDS statement or of the IATPLBST procedure library. Different
FSSDEF initialization statements can refer to the same startup procedure.
The PNAME parameter specifies either a startup procedure supplied with PSF, or one of your organization’s procedures.
Specifies the JES3 processor on which the FSS is run. The name must match the NAME parameter in the MAINPROC statement for the processor.
Specifies the way that the FSS is terminated. The parameter value
YES indicates that the FSS is terminated if the JES3 global address space is terminated by a *RETURN or *DUMP operator command.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 101
Device Statement
CARRIAGE
CHARS
CKPNTPG
DTYPE
FSSNAME
HEADER
JNAME
DEVICE Statement:
A DEVICE statement is required for each printer. The DEVICE parameters create JES3 default values that are used unless other values are specified in the JCL application program. The DEVICE statement can contain the following parameters:
Explanation
Specifies the JES default page definition.
The value YES specifies that the page definition can be changed during startup procedures.
The value NO specifies that the page definition cannot be changed during startup procedures.
The value aaaa specifies that the un-prefixed name, 1 to 4 characters long, of the page definition is to be used as default. The name specified here, or the JES3 system default, is the PSF default page definition.
Specifies a default JES3 font.
Specifies the number of pages between data-set checkpoints. If checkpoint intervals are too frequent, printer performance is significantly reduced. If intervals are too infrequent, and a PSF error occurs, the job has to be reprocessed from the last checkpoint. In this case, printer performance is significantly reduced if PSF errors continue to occur. The recommended starting value is 100.
Identifies the printer device type. For the AXIS 5470e/570/670e you should specify the parameter value
PRTAFP1
. This parameter is required.
Specifies a unique FSS for this printer DEVICE statement. The value must match the value coded for the FSSNAME parameter in the corresponding FSSDEF statement.
Specifies if job and data set header pages are printed. If DPF is installed, you may need to specify HEADER=YES.
Specifies the name of the printer FSA. Each printer FSA should have a unique JNAME. This unique JNAME is 8 characters or fewer and must correspond to its label on the CNTL , ENDCNTL , and PRINTDEV statements for the PSF startup procedure specified in the PNAME parameter. This parameter is required.
102 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Device Statement
JUNIT
MODE
PM
WC
Explanation
Specifies:
1. The device address (host-connected, channel-attached, non-SNA printers only). Do not specify a device address for the AXIS
5470e/570/670e when using TCP/IP attachment.
2. The name of the processor to which the device is attached
3. A destination class for messages about the device
4 .Whether the device is initially online or offline
This parameter is required.
Specifies that the printer is managed by an FSS. This parameter is required.
Specifies which data-set processing mode is supported. For the AXIS
5470e/570/670e attached to Postscript printers, the correct setting is
PRMODE=(LINE,PAGE,) , indicating that composed-page and line data sets can be printed.
Specifies the print output class that the printer is to process. You may want to consider handling disabled mechanisms by defining print classes.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 103
Defining the printer to PSF
Each AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be defined to PSF with a
PRINTDEV statement in the PSF startup procedure. The following keywords are required on the PRINTDEV statement:
• IPADDR='xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx'
• PORTNO='xxxx'
The IPADDR parameter specifies the IP address of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in dotted-decimal notation.
Note:
Do not specify a host name in place of the dotted-decimal address.
The PORTNO keyword specifies the TCP/IP port to use for the print session. This port number must match the port number set up for the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e in Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e , on page 78.
Below is a sample procedure, APSWPROT , which you can modify to suit your installation. The PRINTDEV statement includes the required IPADDR and PORTNO keywords. In the PRINTDEV example below, the TCP/IP port number 5100 is used, but any port, larger that 1024, can be used as long as the same port is set up in the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
The APSWPROT procedure contains JCL parameters to produce a startup procedure for either 240-pel and 300-pel printers, but the references to 300-pel resolution are commented out. To create separate startup procedures, make two copies of APSWPROT , and then follow the commented instructions in APSWPROT . Keep one unchanged copy as your startup procedure for a resolution of 120 or
240 pels. In the second copy, delete or comment out all references to
240-pel resolution, and make all references to 300-pel resolution active. This changed copy is your startup procedure for 300-pel resolution.
104 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
If you want to print both 240-pel and 300-pel AFP/IPDS jobs, create two separate FSAs, one for jobs with resolution of 120 or 240, and one for jobs with resolution of 300 pels. The 240-pel resolution FSA uses
240-pel resources, and the 300-pel resolution FSA uses 300-pel resources. Both FSAs are defined to drive the same printer; however, only one FSA can be active at one time for a given printer. You should define separate classes or destinations for each FSA. Your installation must route the appropriate jobs to the appropriate class or destination.
The two FSAs can be defined in the same or in separate startup procedures.
//APSWPROT PROC
//********************* THE PSF TCP/IP WRITER PROCEDURE **********************
//*
//*01* MODULE-NAME = APSWPROT
//* $MOD(APSWPROT) COMP(APS) PROD(PSF) : RELEASE 2.2.0
//*
//*01* DESCRIPTIVE-NAME = START PROCEDURE FOR PSF:
//*
//* TCP/IP ATTACHED DEVICES
//*
//*01* STATUS = VERSION 2, RELEASE 2, LEVEL 0
//*
//*01* FUNCTION = THIS PROCEDURE IS COPIED FROM THE
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
DISTRIBUTION LIBRARY TO SYS1.PROCLIB.
THIS COPY IS PERFORMED BY MACRO ‘SGAPS5PR’.
//*
//*01* NOTES = THE FULL NAME OF THE DEFAULT PAGEDEF IS
//*
//*
//*
P1A06462.
THE FULL NAME OF THE DEFAULT FORMDEF IS
F1A10110.
THE FULL NAMES OF THE DEFAULT FONTS ARE
X0GF10, X0GS10, X0TU10, AND X0GU10
THE FULL NAME OF THE SEPARATOR PAGE PAGEDEF IS
P1V06483
THE FULL NAME OF THE SEPARATOR PAGE FONT IS
X0GT15
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 105
CONT...
Example continues
//
//FONT02
//
//PSEG01
//
//OLAY01
//
//PDEF01
//
//FDEF01
//
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//*
//* REQUIRED ACTIONS =
//* RESOLUTION - THIS START PROCEDURE IS SET UP FOR DRIVING
//*
//*
A TCP/IP DEVICE AT 240 PEL RESOLUTION. TO CHANGE IT
TO DRIVE 300 PEL RESOLUTION TCP/IP ATTACHED DEVICES:
//*
//* A) COMMENT OUT THE FIRST PRINTDEV STATEMENT AND UNCOMMENT
THE SECOND PRINTDEV STATEMENT
B) THE FONT02 DATA SET MUST CONTAIN THE CONVERTED
DEFAULT FONTS LISTED IN THE PRINTDEV.
THE FONTS ARE CONVERTED USING THE FONT
CONVERSION UTILITY APSRCF30. SEE THE PSF
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING GUIDE.
//*
//*01* CHANGE-ACTIVITY :
//* $H1=LAPS0001, HAF1103, 080195 DKU1JAU : TCP/IP SUPPORT
//*
//**** END OF SPECIFICATIONS ***/
//STEP01 EXEC PGM=APSPPIEP,REGION=4096K
//JOBHDR OUTPUT PAGEDEF=V06483,
// FORMDEF=A10110,CHARS=GT15
/* JOB SEPARATOR PAGEDEF
/* JOB SEPARATOR FORMDEF
//JOBTLR OUTPUT PAGEDEF=V06483,
// FORMDEF=A10110,CHARS=GT15
/* JOB SEPARATOR PAGEDEF
/* JOB SEPARATOR FORMDEF
//DSHDR OUTPUT PAGEDEF=V06483,
// FORMDEF=A10110,CHARS=GT15
/* DS
/* DS
SEPARATOR PAGEDEF
SEPARATOR FORMDEF
//MSGDS OUTPUT PAGEDEF=V06462,
// FORMDEF=A10110
//FONT01 DD
/* MESSAGE DATASET PAGEDEF
/* MESSAGE DATASET FORMDEF
DSN=SYS1.FONTLIBB, /* SYSTEM FONTS - 240 PEL
DISP=SHR
DD DSN=SYS1.FONT300,
DISP=SHR
DD DSN=SYS1.PSEGLIB,
DISP=SHR
DD DSN=SYS1.OVERLIB,
DISP=SHR
DD DSN=SYS1.PDEFLIB,
DISP=SHR
DD DSN=SYS1.FDEFLIB,
DISP=SHR
/* SYSTEM FONTS - 300 PEL
/* SYSTEM PAGE SEGMENTS
/* SYSTEM MEDIUM OVERLAYS
/* SYSTEM PAGEDEFS
/* SYSTEM FORMDEFS
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
106 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
CONT...
Example continues
//
//*
//
//
//*
//
//
//
//*
//
*/
//
//PRT1
//
//
//
//
//
//
//*
//
//
//*
//
//*
//
//*
//
//* ************************************************************
//* PRINTDEV
//* ************************************************************
//PRT1 CNTL
//PRT1
//*
PRINTDEV FONTDD=*.FONT01, /* 240 PEL FONT LIBRARY DD
/* <-- SEE REQUIRED ACTIONS
//
//
//
//*
//*PRT1
//*
//*
/* ABOVE
PRINTDEV FONRDD=*.FONT02, /* 300 PEL FONT LIBRARY DD
OVLYDD=*.OLAY01,
PSEGDD=*.PSEG01,
PDEFDD=*.PDEF01,
/* <-- SEE REQUIRED ACTIONS
/* ABOVE
/* OVERLAY LIBRARY DD
/* SEGMENT LIBRARY DD
/* PAGEDEF LIBRARY DD
FDEFDD=*.FDEF01,
JOBHDR=*.JOBHDR,
JOBTRLR=*.JOBTLR,
DSHDR=*.DSHDR,
MESSAGE=*.MSGDS,
BUFNO=5,
PAGEDEF=A06462,
FORMDEF=A10110,
CHARS=(GF10,
GS10,TU10,GU10),
PIMSG=YES,
*/
*/
/* FORMDEF LIBRARY DD
/* JOB HEADER SEPARATOR
/* OUTPUT
/* JOB TRAILER SEPARATOR
/* OUTPUT
/* DATA SET HEADER
/* SEPARATOR
/* MESSAGE DATA SET OUTPUT
/* NUMBER OF WRITE DATA BUFFERS*/
/* DEVICE PAGEDEF DEFAULT */
/* DEVICE FORMDEF DEFAULT
/* DEVICE
*/
*/
/* DEFAULT FONT SET
/* ACCUMULATE DATA SET
/* MESSAGES
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
DATACK=BLOCK,
TRACE=NO,
FAILURE=WCONNECT,
TIMEOUT=REDRIVE,
MGMTMODE=IMMED,
DISCINTV=40,
/* REPORT ALL DATA-CHECK
/* ERRORS
/* CREATE INTERNAL TRACE
/* PSF ACTION ON PRINTER
/* FAILURE
/* PSF ACTION ON TIMEOUT
/* PRINTER MANAGEMENT MODE
/* DISCONNECT INTERVAL IN
/* SECONDS */
IPADDR=’xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’ /* AXIS 5470e/570/670e IP ADDRESS
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
PORTNO=’5100’,
ENDCNTL
/* TCP/IP PORTO */
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 107
Although it is not recommended, it is possible to drive the printer with just one FSA, if one of the following conditions are met:
• All the resources in the resource libraries are resolutionindependent, and all the jobs that use inline resources or user libraries contain resources that are resolution-independent.
• All jobs that request a resolution that is different from the resolution-dependent resources in the PSF system and security libraries contain the resources at the requested resolution, either as inline resources or in the user's library.
Even if a PSF user requests 120-pel resolution for an AFP print job being sent to the printer, PSF requires 240-pel resources from the library. Do not store 120-pel resources in the library.
Starting and stopping the PSF/MVS printer
When operating the AXIS 5470e/570/670e when emulating a
TCP/IP attached IPDS printer, you should use JES operator commands, just as if the printer were channel-attached or SNAattached.
Starting the printer To start a TCP/IP-attached printer, do the following:
1. Start TCP/IP.
2. Power on the printer(s).
3. Power on the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
4. Start the printer FSA as indicated below.
Before starting a PSF FSS, you must have a cataloged startup procedure in SYS1.PROCLIB or any other system procedure library.
This procedure specifies PSF initialization parameters and libraries that contain system and installation resources. The name of this procedure can be specified in the FSSDEF statement of the JES initialization deck. If the name is omitted, JES3 supplies a default name, that is chosen for the defined printer.
108 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
When you install PSF, you must create or update the required libraries referenced by the startup procedure, and you should consider any need to increase the region size, as specified in the EXEC statement, to accommodate resources and an increased number of printer FSAs. The startup procedure can also specify defaults that cannot be set with JES initialization statements for printer FSA definitions.
Stopping the printer You can stop a TCP/IP-attached printer in several ways but this is the recommended method:
Stop the PSF FSA for the printer by entering the following command from the MVS console.
JES2:
$Pprinter-name
JES3:
*VARY printer-name, OFF
*CANCEL printer-name
Note:
The variable printer-name specifies the name of the printer FSA as defined in JES definitions , on page 95 .
You can now disconnect the power supply from the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 109
110 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare
Installation method
NDPS
Transport protocol
TCP/IP
IPX/SPX
This section describes how to continue the installation of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the NetWare environment. Identify which transport protocol you are running on your network and which installation method you should use. Continue the installation by selecting the appropriate installation instructions from the table below:
Action
See Setup using NDPS, on page 111
Proceed with Installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in NDPS environments, on page 111.
Queue based printing
IPX/SPX
IPX/SPX
Advanced configuration
Pure IP
See Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot, on page 114
If you need a more advanced installation that is not covered by the AXIS NetPilot
Installation Wizard, continue with Advanced Installation using AXIS NetPilot, on page 117.
See Basic Queue-based printing (Pure IP), on page 120
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570/670e in a multiprotocol, mixed environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2 , on page 151
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh , on page 157
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 163
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) , on page 203
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 111
Setup using NDPS
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports Novell Distributed Print Services
(NDPS), which is Novell’s new generation architecture for printing and printer administration. You can run NDPS over Pure IP
(TCP/IP) or IPX/SPX.
Before the AXIS 5470e/570/670e can be installed, make sure that
NDPS is installed and a Broker is loaded on your NetWare file server.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e uses the AXIS NDPS Gateway for printing in networks using either IP or IPX as transport protocols. The printer gateways are included with the NDPS software and are automatically installed together with NDPS.
Notes:
• NDPS requires that you are running NetWare 4.11 or higher.
• Pure IP is only supported by NetWare 5 or higher.
Installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in NDPS environments
Having assigned an IP address to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as described in Assigning an IP address , on page 32, you are now ready to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e for NDPS printing. You can select to install the connected printers as public or controlled access printers. Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS
5470e/570/670e using NDPS:
Notes:
• The HP-JETADMIN parameter of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be set to
YES in order for the communication between the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and the NDPS gateway to be enabled.
• If you do not have an NDPS Manager object available, start out with creating one in the NetWare Administrator.
• If the PSERVER_NDS parameter includes the name of a tree and not a specific file server, RCONAG6.NLM must be running on at least one file server in the specified tree.
112 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Public Access To create a public access printer using the NDPS Manager object in your NetWare administrator, do the following:
1. Double-click on the NDPS Manager object you will be using to control the Printer Agents.
2. At the Identification page for the NDPS Manager, click the printer Agent List button. The Printer Agent List dialog will appear.
3. Click New . The Create Printer Agent dialog will appear.
4. Type a name of your choice in the NDPS Printer Agent field.
5. Choose the Axis Gateway configuration in the Gateway Type window. Select TCP/IP or IPX as transport protocol (See Notes below).
6. Click OK.
7. Once you have completed the required tasks, you are ready to print in your NDPS environment.
Notes:
• The Public Access print servers are immediately available for everyone on the network.
• The Axis Gateway will appear in NetWare 5.1 and later releases. To use the
Axis Gateway with earlier versions of NetWare, you can download the Axis
Gateway Configuration utility from www.axis.com.
• To print using TCP/IP, Axis print server firmware 6.1 or later is required. In order to print using IPX/SPX, Axis print server firmware 5.51 or later is needed.
Controlled Access 1. Make sure that the NDPS Gateway is not configured to automatically create a public access printer, before you connect the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to the network.
2. Connect the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to the NetWare network.
3. Use the NetWare Administrator to create an NDPS printer as an object in the NDS Tree.
4. Create a new Printer Agent (PA) or convert a Public Access
Printer to a Controlled one.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 113
5. Choose the Axis Gateway configuration. Select TCP/IP or IPX as transport protocol and complete required tasks.
6. You are now ready to print in your NDPS environment. Your printer will appear as an NDS object in the Directory Tree and will offer a full range of network security options.
Use the Novell Print Manager to install the controlled access printer on a client workstation.
114 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot
Follow the instructions available on the AXIS Product CD to install the AXIS NetPilot software on to your computer. AXIS NetPilot software is available from the AXIS Product CD or from AXIS Web site at http://www.axis.com
Starting the
Installation
Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e with AXIS NetPilot:
1. Start AXIS NetPilot by double-clicking the NetPilot icon, which is located in the folder where you installed AXIS NetPilot.
2. Locate the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the ‘New Axis Units’ folder.
Select it and click the Install button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar. If your network is large, it could take a few seconds before the print server appears in the folder.
3. Choose the with Installation Wizard option and click OK . The following screen appears:
The AXIS NetPilot Installation Wizard Main window
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 115
Print Server Name
Environments
SNA
NetWare NDS
The IP address
The AXIS NetPilot Installation Wizard will guide you through the installation process. The following options are available:
Note:
The number of options varies according to the number of environments you enable.
The default print server name consists of the characters ‘AXIS’ followed by the last six digits of the serial number. If you want to change the print server name, just type the new name in the available text field.
Choose which networking environments you want to configure the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e for, i.e. SNA, NetWare, TCP/IP, Windows &
OS/2 or AppleTalk. If your network comprises various different platforms, you can enable any combination of environments.
Note:
AppleTalk is only available for the AXIS 5470e/570.
Select the emulation mode for the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. The supported modes are 3174 (Mainframe) and 5494 (AS/400). You should also provide the valid emulation settings.
Place NetWare Print Queues on a specific bindery server, or alternatively into an NDS Tree.
Choose the method the AXIS 5470e/570/670e should employ for obtaining an IP address. DHCP, ARP, RARP and BOOTP are supported. You can also set the IP address manually. Refer to
Assigning an IP address , on page 32 for further information about setting the IP address.
116 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Print Queues The AXIS 5470e/570/670e uses the print server name followed by the printer port as the default Print Queue names and print server port names. If you want to change the default printer queue names, just type the new names in the available text fields.
Environment
NetWare
Windows & OS/2
AppleTalk
Default Names
AXIS1A0003_LPT1_Q
AXIS1A0003_LPT2_Q
AXIS1A0003_COM1_Q
AX1A0003.LP1
AX1A0003.LP2
AX1A0003.CM1
AXIS1A0003_LPT1
AXIS1A0003_LPT2
AXIS1A0003_COM1
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
AXIS 570/670e
AXIS 570/670e
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
AXIS 570/670e
AXIS 570/670e
AXIS 5470e/570
AXIS 570
AXIS 570
Default Print Queue Names and Print Server Port Names for each of the operating environments.
Test Page The final user prompt in the Installation Wizard allows you to print a test page through NetWare. The test page displays the name of all the
NetWare servers the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is connected to and shows the status of each connection.
Unless you want to connect or create additional printing queues, the installation for the NetWare environment is now completed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 117
Notes:
• The parameters entered during installation are not permanent; they can be altered at any time according to your network printing requirements.
• No serious or permanent damage will be caused if you make a mistake during installation. If at any time you find that printing is not satisfactory, the parameters can easily be changed to tune the system to your requirements.
• For information on advanced functions, please refer to the AXIS Network
Print Server Technical Reference. You can download this or other technical information over the Internet by accessing the Axis WWW Home Page at http://www.axis.com/ or the AXIS Product CD.
Advanced Installation using AXIS NetPilot
Having installed the print server in accordance with the basic installation procedures above, your AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server will now appear in the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder located in the
AXIS NetPilot main window.
NetWare Network
Environment Window
The NetWare Network Environment window allows you to connect additional print queues to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e as well as create new ones.
Follow the steps below to gain access to the NetWare Network
Environment window:
1. Select the required Network Print Server from the ‘Network Print
Server’ folder.
2. Choose Network from the Setup menu or click on the Network icon on the AXIS NetPilot’s toolbar.
3. If you are not logged on to your NetWare file server, a dialog box will ask you to log on.
118 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
The AXIS NetPilot NetWare Network Environment window
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e periodically updates the configuration by scanning the NDS tree or, in the case of NetWare versions 3.x, the designated file servers.
Connecting
Print Queues
Follow the steps below to connect a print queue to the print server port:
1. Open the NetWare Network Environment window.
2. Select the print server port you want to connect.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 119
3. Click the Connect...
button. The Connect NetWare Print
Queues window will appear.
The AXIS NetPilot Connect NetWare Print Queues window
4. Select the tree or server location of the print queue from the
Resources box.
5. Select an existing print queue to connect to the server port, or create a new print queue by clicking on Create Queue...
If you have selected an existing queue, advance to step 8. Continue with step 6 only if you want to create a new queue.
6. Type the queue name in the Create Queue dialog window. If you want to create a queue in the NDS tree you must also enter the name of the volume where the queue will be located. Click OK .
7. Select the newly created queue from the queue list.
8. Select Print Server Mode or Remote Printer Mode . If you selected Print Server Mode, advance directly to step 11, otherwise continue with step 9. Please refer to Queue-based Printing
Methods , on page 123, for further information about the two printing methods.
120 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
9. Select an appropriate NetWare Print Server name, that will be associated with the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server, by using the Browse...
button.
Notes:
• You cannot type or edit the name manually.
• Make sure that you have PSERVER.NLM running if you selected Remote
Printer Mode in step 8.
10. If you want to define a remote printer number slot manually, check the Manual box and type the desired number in the box.
11. Click the OK button to return to the Network Environments window.
Basic Queue-based printing (Pure IP)
Axis print servers with software version 6.0 or later allow users to print in a Pure IP environment using traditional queue-based printing
(which usually uses the IPX transport protocol). If you prefer using
NDPS as your printing method, please refer to Setup using NDPS , on page 111.
In the NetWare Pure IP environment, you must use NetWare
Administrator to create the printer, print server and queue objects.
Installing the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e
Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the NetWare Pure IP environment:
1. Start the Configuration Wizard for general setup from the User mode in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Web interface.
2. Click your way through the Wizard until you reach the NetWare page.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 121
Example:
3. Set the three NDS mode parameters on the NetWare page:
PSERVER NDS Tree:
Example:
NW5TREE
PSERVER NDS File Server:
Example:
FILESERVERNAME
PSERVER NDS Distinguished Name:
Example:
AXISXXXXXX.CONTEXT
Setting the PSERVER parameters in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Web interface.
4. Use the NetWare Administrator to create the printer, print server and queue objects in the NDS tree and then link them together.
122 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
5. Use the Add Printer Wizard on your work station to install the printer on your client. Note that only NDS queue based
PSERVER printing is supported. When installing, choose
Network Printer and browse to the queue you have just created.
Alternatively, choose Local Printer and select the queue you have just captured.
Any configuration and management of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e can be performed from any standard Web browser. Please refer to Using a
Web browser , on page 170.
In Pure IP environments, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports NDS queue based PSERVER printing or NDPS printing. Refer to Queuebased Printing Methods , on page 123 alternatively Setup using
NDPS , on page 111.
Notes:
• If the PSERVER_NDS parameter includes the name of a tree and not a specific file server RCONAG6.NLM must be running on at least one file server in the specified tree.
• If the IPX and IP transport protocols are enabled in your network, you can use AXIS NetPilot to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and to connect print queues. Please refer to Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 114.
• Pure IP requires that you run NetWare 5 or higher.
PSERVER_NDS parameters
As shown in the instructions in Installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e , on page 120, the PSERVER_NDS parameters specify which NDS tree or file server the AXIS 5470e/570/670e will login to. It also specifies the path to the print server object in the tree. The syntax of the PSERVER_NDS parameters is displayed in the following examples:
PSERVER NDS Tree:
Example:
NW5TREE
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 123
PSERVER NDS File Server:
Example 1:
FILESERVER1 (using file server name)
Example 2:
171.16.2.249 (using IP-address)
PSERVER NDS Distinguished Name:
Example:
AXISXXXXXX.CONTEXT
In this example a print server named NWTREE will login to a file server with the IP address 171.16.2.249. If you have a DNS server on your network you can replace the IP address with the host name.
Queue-based Printing Methods
The following overview explains the advantages and limitations of the two supported queue-based printing methods.
Print Server Mode The AXIS 5470e/570/670e logs on to a file server and repeatedly polls the print queues for print jobs. In this fashion, the AXIS
5470e/570/670e emulates a NetWare print server, which is a workstation running PSERVER. It provides high printing speed with low network load and is the recommended mode for medium to large sized networks. Each print server in PSERVER mode takes one
NetWare user license.
Advantages • High performance: up to 1 Mbyte/s 150-400 kbytes/s.
Limitations • In bindery mode, this printing method requires a NetWare user licence for each AXIS 5470e/570/670e to file server link.
124 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Remote Printer Mode The AXIS 5470e/570/670e acts as Remote Printer for
PSERVER.NLM running on the NetWare file server, or to a dedicated workstation running PSERVER.EXE. In this fashion, the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e emulates a workstation running the NetWare remote printer software RPRINTER, or NPRINTER. This mode is only recommended for small networks where the number of NetWare user licences is a major issue.
Advantages • NetWare user licences are not required.
Limitations • Lower performance, typically 20 - 70 kbytes/s for NLM.
• Higher network load.
Notes:
• You can change the network speed parameters of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the internal web pages: Click admin | General Settings and set the transmission speed to either “10 MBIT”, “100 MBIT” or “Auto-sense”.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 125
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows
Windows
Platform
Windows 95,
Windows 98
Having connected the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to your network, as described in Connecting a printer to the Ethernet Network , on page
26, this section describes how to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the Windows environment. Identify your Windows platform and follow the installing instructions from the list below.
Printing protocol
See ...
TCP/IP
1. AXIS Print System Overview, on page 126
2. Installing TCP/IP Printers in Windows 95/98, on page 127
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
1. AXIS Print System Overview, on page 126
2. Installing NetBIOS/NetBEUI printers in Windows 95/98, on page 131
Windows NT 4.0,
Windows 2000
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
1. AXIS Print System Overview, on page 126
2. Installing TCP/IP Printers in Windows NT 4.0/2000, on page
133
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
Installing NetBIOS/NetBEUI printers in Windows NT 4.0/2000, on page 136
1. AXIS Print Monitor Overview, on page 138
2. Installing TCP/IP Printers in Windows NT 3.5x, on page 139
Windows
NT 3.5x
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
1. AXIS Print Monitor Overview, on page 138
2. Installing NetBIOS/NetBEUI Printers in Windows NT 3.5x:, on page 141
Windows 3.1 &
Windows for
Workgroups
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
1. AXIS Print Utility for Windows Overview, on page 144
2. Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups, on page 146
126 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
If you intend to use the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in a multiprotocol environment, you should also refer to the following sections:
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare, on page 110
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2, on page 151
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh, on page 157
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX, on page 163
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol), on page 203
AXIS Print System Overview
Note:
AXIS Print System requires AXIS firmware version 6.0 or higher in your AXIS
5470e/570/670e print server. Visit the Axis web site http://www.axis.com for firmware upgrades.
AXIS Print System is the recommended tool to use for network printing in Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0 and
Windows 2000. AXIS Print System allows Axis Network Print Servers to be connected in the same simple fashion as a local printer port.
AXIS Print System has been developed for peer-to-peer printing, allowing your print jobs to be sent directly to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
Notes:
• AXIS Auto-Go is a printing utility that contains AXIS IP-Installer, AXIS Print
System and AXIS Print Monitor. AXIS Auto-Go can be down-loaded from the Axis web site: http://www.axis.com.
• You can install AXIS Print System as a Custom Version (recommended for
Network Administrators) or a Typical Version (recommended for regular users.) The difference between them is that the Custom Version includes an
IP settings application called AXIS IP Installer.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 127
Peer-to-Peer Printing AXIS Print System needs to be installed on each workstation to perform peer-to-peer printing. Once installed, AXIS Print System allows you to access all network printers, as if they were connected directly to your workstation. Peer-to-peer printing offers the following benefits:
• You can easily monitor the status of your printers
• You do not have to rely on a server.
Client-Server Printing You need only install AXIS Print System on one server to perform client-server printing. The installed printers must be configured to be shared to allow clients to use them. Pop-up messages should not be enabled on the server, as they will not be displayed on the client platforms.
Windows 95 and Windows 98
Installing TCP/IP
Printers in
Windows 95/98
Install AXIS Print System software on your Windows 95 or Windows
98 client, if you have not already done so. AXIS Print System can be downloaded from the AXIS Online CD or from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ .
To enable printing in the TCP/IP environment, you must ensure that the TCP/IP protocol is enabled on your client.
The set of instructions you should use to install TCP/IP printer ports is dictated by the IP address of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
• If you have an active DHCP server on the network or if you have already set the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using another method, you should follow the installation instructions presented in Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports , on page 129.
• If your AXIS 5470e/570/670e is not assigned with a valid IP address, you should follow the installation instructions presented in Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports and Setting the IP Address , on page 128.
128 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installing TCP/IP
Printer Ports and
Setting the IP Address
Follow the instructions below to install an AXIS Raw TCP/IP printer port and set the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, using AXIS
Print System:
1. Start AXIS Print System by selecting AXIS Print System from
Start | Programs.
2. AXIS Print System starts. Select Search | Newly Connected Print
Servers...
3. Read the instructions and click Next> .
4. AXIS IP Installer opens. Click the serial number of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e that appears in the server list. Restart the AXIS
5470e/570/670e if it does not appear in the list.
Notes:
• The serial number is also located on the underside label of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
• If you have an active DHCP server in your network, you should not use AXIS
IP Installer to set the IP address. You should instead follow the installation instructions available in Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports , on page 129.
5. Enter the desired IP address in the appropriate fields and click the
Set IP address button.
6. The AXIS IP Installer closes and the Installation Wizard starts.
Select the printer you want to install from the list and click
Next> .
7. AXIS Print System searches your computer and the network for a location for a suitable printer driver for the printer. Click Next> if a printer driver is found. If not, you have to manually find a printer driver using the More button before clicking the Next> button.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 129
Installing TCP/IP
Printer Ports
8. Enter a name for the printer, select if you want to make it your default printer and select if you want to produce a test page. Click
Finish .
The printer is now installed on your computer. You can see the printer in the My Printers window of AXIS Print System as well as in the
Printers folder of the Windows operating system.
If you want to change the default name or the password of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, use the Configuration Wizard that is available from the User mode of the Web interface. Refer to Using a Web browser , on page 170.
Note:
If you want to install LPR printer ports instead of Raw TCP/IP printer ports, start the Microsoft Add Printer Wizard and refer to the AXIS Print Monitor on-line help for instructions.
Follow the instructions below to install an AXIS Raw TCP/IP printer port, using AXIS Print System:
1. Start AXIS Print System by selecting AXIS Print System from the
Start menu.
2. AXIS Print System starts. Select your desired printer from the
Available Networks Printers window and click the Add to My
Printers button. The Add Axis Printers Wizard starts.
3. AXIS Print System searches your computer and the network for a suitable printer driver for the printer connected to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. Click Next> if a printer driver is found. If not, you have to manually find a printer driver using the More button before clicking the Next> button.
4. Enter a name for the printer, select if you want to make it your default printer and select if you want to produce a test page. Click
Finish .
The printer is now installed on your computer. The printer will feature in the My Printers window of AXIS Print System as well as in the Printers folder of the Windows operating system.
130 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
If you want to change the default name or the password of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, use the Configuration Wizard that is available from the User mode of the Web interface. Refer to Using a Web browser , on page 170.
Note:
If you want to install LPR printer ports instead of Raw TCP/IP printer ports, start the Microsoft Add Printer Wizard and refer to the AXIS Print Monitor on-line help for instructions.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 131
Installing
NetBIOS/NetBEUI printers in
Windows 95/98
Follow the procedures below to install Axis NetBIOS/NetBEUI printer ports on a Windows 95/98 workstation, using AXIS Print
System:
1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.
2. After clicking Next> in the first dialog, the Wizard asks you to select Local printer or Network printer. Select Local printer as the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e emulates a local printer port. Click Next> .
3. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. If the desired printer driver appears in the displayed Manufacturers and
Printer Models lists, highlight your selection, click Next> and proceed directly to step 6. It is only necessary to perform steps 4 -
5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.
Note:
Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with the printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.
4. Click the Have Disk...
button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK .
5. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next> .
6. Select the AXIS Printer Port from the Available Ports list. The port name appears as <name>.LP1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number, e.g. AX100086 (default serial no.). Click the Configure Port button.
7. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure AXIS Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click OK> .
8. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next> .
9. Choose whether you wish to produce a test page and click Finish .
132 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installing Shared
Printers on your
Windows 95/98 client
Follow the instructions below to install shared printers on your
Windows 95/98 client:
1. Start the Add Printer Wizard by selecting Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.
2. Click Next> in the first dialog.
3. Select Network Print Server and click Next> .
4. Enter the path for the network printer or browse the network to find and select it.
5. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. If the desired printer driver appears in the displayed Manufacturers and
Printer Models lists, highlight your selection, click Next> and proceed directly to step 8. It is only necessary to perform steps 6-
7 if your printer does not appear in the model list.
Note:
Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with the printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.
6. Click the Have Disk...
button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK .
7. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next> .
8. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next> .
9. Choose whether you wish to produce a test page and click Finish .
Note:
You can share the printer drivers you have installed with other AXIS Print System users on your network. In AXIS Print System, check the Enable Driver Sharing box in My Printers | Settings | Program Options | General.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 133
Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000
Installing TCP/IP
Printers in Windows
NT 4.0/2000
Install AXIS Print System software on your Windows NT 4.0 or
Windows 2000 workstation, if you have not already done so. AXIS
Print System can be downloaded from the AXIS Online CD or from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ .
To enable printing in the TCP/IP environment, you must ensure that the TCP/IP protocol is enabled on your client.
Note:
In Windows NT and Windows 2000, the user needs sufficient access rights on the domain server in order to manage printers on local computers via Axis Print
System.
Installing TCP/IP
Printer Ports and
Setting the IP Address
The set of instructions you should use to install TCP/IP printer ports is dictated by the IP address of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
• If you have an active DHCP server on the network or if you have already set the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using another method, you should follow the installation instructions presented in Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports , on page 135.
• If your AXIS 5470e/570/670e is not assigned with a valid IP address, you should follow the installation instructions presented in Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports and Setting the IP Address , on page 133.
Follow the instructions below to install an AXIS Raw TCP/IP printer port and set the IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, using AXIS
Print System:
1. Start AXIS Print System by selecting AXIS Print System from the
Start menu.
2. AXIS Print System starts. Select Search | Newly Connected Print
Server...
3. Read the instructions and click Next> .
134 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
4. AXIS IP Installer opens. Click the serial number of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e that appears in the server list. Restart the AXIS
5470e/570/670e if it does not appear in the list.
Notes:
• The serial number is located on the underside label of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
• If you have an active DHCP server in your network, you should not use AXIS
IP Installer to set the IP address. Follow the installation instructions available in
Installing TCP/IP Printer Ports , on page 135.
5. Enter the desired IP address in the appropriate fields and click the
Set IP address button.
6. The AXIS IP Installer closes and the Installation Wizard starts.
Select the printer you want to install from the list and click
Next> .
7. AXIS Print System searches your computer and the network for a location for a suitable printer driver for the printer. Click Next> if a printer driver is found. If not, you have to manually find a printer driver using the More button before clicking the Next> button.
8. Enter a name for the printer, select if you want to make it your default printer and select if you want to produce a test page. Click
Finish .
The printer is now installed on your computer. The printer will feature in the My Printers window of AXIS Print System as well as in the Printers folder of the Windows operating system.
If you want to change the default name or the password of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, use the Configuration Wizard that is available from the User mode of the Web interface. Refer to Using a Web browser , on page 170.
Note:
If you want to install LPR printer ports instead of Raw TCP/IP printer ports, start the Microsoft Add Printer Wizard and refer to the AXIS Print Monitor on-line help for instructions.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 135
Installing TCP/IP
Printer Ports
Follow the instructions below to install an AXIS Raw TCP/IP printer port, using AXIS Print System:
1. Start AXIS Print System by selecting AXIS Print System from the
Start menu.
2. AXIS Print System starts. Select your desired printer from the
Available Networks Printers window and click the Add to My
Printers button. The Add Axis Printers Wizard starts.
3. AXIS Print System searches your computer and the network for a suitable printer driver for the printer connected to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. Click Next> if a printer driver is found. If not, you have to manually find a printer driver using the More button before clicking the Next> button.
4. Enter a name for the printer, select if you want to make it your default printer and select if you want to produce a test page. Click
Finish .
The printer is now installed on your computer. The printer will feature in the My Printers window of AXIS Print System as well as in the Printers folder of the Windows operating system.
If you want to change the default name or the password of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, use the Configuration Wizard that is available from the User mode of the Web interface. Refer to Using a Web browser , on page 170.
In Windows 2000, you can add a printer to the Active Directory.
When choosing Add (Custom) to My Printers in the Add Axis
Printers Wizard of AXIS Print System , you are given the possibility to add a printer to the Active Directory.
Note:
If you want to install LPR printer ports instead of Raw TCP/IP printer ports, start the Microsoft Add Printer Wizard and refer to the AXIS Print Monitor on-line help for instructions.
136 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installing
NetBIOS/NetBEUI printers in Windows
NT 4.0/2000
Follow the procedure below to install Axis Printer Ports from a
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 2000 workstation:
1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.
2. Windows 2000 only: Start the installation by clicking Next> .
3. The Wizard asks you to select My Computer or Network printer server. Select My Computer , as the AXIS 5470e/570/670e emulates a local printer port.
4. Click Add Port...
in the Available ports dialog, select AXIS Port and click New Port...
5. Select NetBIOS/NetBEUI as your choice of network protocol and click OK .
6. Select the AXIS Port you want to add. The port appears as
<name>.LP1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number, e.g. AX100086
(default serial no.). Click OK .
7. Close the Printer Ports window.
8. Click the Configure Port...
button. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure Axis Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click
OK . Continue the installation by clicking Next> .
9. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. Click
Next> and proceed directly to step 11. It is only necessary to perform steps 9-10 if your printer does not appear in the list.
Note:
Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.
10. Click the Have Disk...
button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 137
11. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next> .
12. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next> .
13. Choose whether you want to share the printer with other network users and click Next> .
14. Choose whether you want to produce a test page and then click
Finish .
Note:
You can share the printer drivers you have installed with other AXIS Print System users on your network. In AXIS Print System, check the Enable Driver Sharing box in My Printers | Settings | Program Options | General
Using the Microsoft
LPD monitor with
Windows NT 4.0
This section describes how to set up a Windows NT Server v4.0 for
LPR printing over the TCP/IP protocol, using the built-in Microsoft
LPD monitor.
Basic Setup
Preparing for
LPR/LPD printing
If you have not already done so, you should perform the TCP/IP basic setup procedures prior to installing a printer for LPD printing. These procedures are defined in Assigning an IP address , on page 32 and onwards.
In the Control Panel, click the Network icon. If the TCP/IP Printing entry appears, then TCP/IP is already installed. Close the Network folder and skip to Installing a printer on the next page.
Follow the following steps to prepare for LPR/LPD printing:
1. Open the Control Panel and click the Network icon.
2. Select Protocols .
3. Add TCP\IP Protocol .
4. Select Services .
5. Add MS TCP\IP Printing .
138 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installing a printer Follow the instructions below to install a printer for LPD printing:
1. Open the Control Panel and open the ‘Printers’ folder.
2. Click Add Printer , select My Computer and then go to Next .
3. Select Add Port . In Printer Ports, choose LPR Port and then click
New Port .
4. In Add LPR compatible printer, enter the host name or IP address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as the print server to provide LPD.
5. Enter 'pr1', 'pr2', ... 'pr8' as the name of printer or print queue on that server.
6. Choose a suitable printer driver for your printer and go to Next .
7. Enter a printer name and go to Next .
8. Enter a share name.
9. Click Next and then Finish .
AXIS Print Monitor Overview
Printing Environments
AXIS Print Monitor is the recommended tool to use for network printing in Windows NT 3.5x environments. It allows AXIS Network
Print Servers to be connected in the same simple fashion as a local printer port and once installed, is automatically initialized upon system startup. AXIS Print Monitor has been developed for peer-topeer printing, allowing your print jobs to be sent directly to the print server.
AXIS Print Monitor supports printing over NetBIOS/NetBEUI and
TCP/IP (LPR). To enable printing in these environments, please ensure that the desired printing protocols are running on your client.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 139
Peer-to-Peer Printing
Client-Server Printing
The AXIS Print Monitor needs to be installed on each workstation to perform peer-to-peer printing. Once installed, the AXIS Print
Monitor allows you to access all network printers, just as if they were connected directly to your workstation. Peer-to-peer printing offers the following benefits:
• You can easily monitor the status of your printers, by enabling error condition pop-up messages.
• You do not have to rely on a server.
AXIS Print Monitor needs only to be installed on one server to perform client-server printing. The installed printers must be configured to be shared to allow clients to use them. Pop-up messages should not be enabled on the server as they will not be displayed on the client platforms.
Note:
AXIS Print Monitor can be used for DOS printing. Please refer to the AXIS Print
Monitor’s Readme file for instructions. The readme file is located in the same folder where AXIS Print Monitor is installed on your PC.
Windows NT 3.5x
Installing TCP/IP
Printers in
Windows NT 3.5x
Install the AXIS Print Monitor software on your Windows NT3.5x client, if you have not already done so. AXIS Print Monitor can be downloaded from the AXIS Online CD or from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ .
To be able to print using LPR, you must have installed the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the TCP/IP environment as described in
Assigning an IP address , on page 32 and the TCP/IP protocol must be enabled on your client.
1. Open the Print Manager and select Create Printer from the
Printer menu.
2. Enter an appropriate name in the Printer Name field.
140 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
3. Choose an appropriate printer driver for your printer from the drop-down Driver list. If the desired printer driver already appears in the displayed Manufacturers and Printer Models list dialog, proceed directly to step 6. It is only necessary to perform steps 4 -
5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.
Note:
Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.
4. Select Other...
in the driver list. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the diskette/CD drive and click OK .
5. Select the printer driver you want to install.
6. Select Other...
from the “Print to” drop-down list.
7. Select AXIS Port from the list of available Print Monitors in the
Print Destination dialog. Click OK .
8. Select LPR (TCP/IP) as your choice of network protocol and click OK .
9. From the Add LPR port dialog, enter the IP address or host name of your print server and define a Logical printer name. Click OK to return to the Create Printer dialog.
10. Select the AXIS LPR port you wish to use from the “Print to” drop-down list. The ports appear as <port name>@<IP address> or <port name>@<host name>, e.g. [email protected].
11. Click the Settings button. Choose whether error condition popup messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the
Configure AXIS LPR Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click OK to return to the Create Printer dialog.
12. Having selected and configured the chosen port, click Next> .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 141
13. Select whether you want to share the printer with other network users. Click OK .
The printer properties are displayed in an appropriate dialog that allows you to refine your printer setup.
The Axis printer is now installed and will appear as an icon in the
Print Manager.
Note:
You can share the printer drivers you have installed with other AXIS Print System users on your network. In AXIS Print System, check the Enable Driver Sharing box in My Printers | Settings | Program Options | General
Installing
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
Printers in
Windows NT 3.5x:
Install the AXIS Print Monitor software on your Windows NT3.5x client, if you have not already done so. AXIS Print Monitor can be downloaded from the AXIS Online CD or from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ .
Follow the procedure below to install Axis printer ports from a
Windows NT 3.5x workstation:
1. Open the Print Manager and select Create Printer from the
Printer menu.
2. Enter an appropriate name in the Printer Name field.
3. Choose an appropriate printer driver for your printer from the
Manufacturers and Printer Models list displayed and then proceed directly to step 6. Please note that it is only necessary to perform steps 4 - 5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.
Note:
Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturer and Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.
4. Select Other...
in the driver list. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK .
5. Select the printer driver you want to install.
142 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
6. Select Other...
in the “Print to” list box.
7. Select Axis Port from the list of available Print Monitors and click
OK .
8. Select the AXIS Port you wish to add and then click OK . The port appears as <name>.LP1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number, e.g.
AX100086 (default serial no).
9. Click on Settings . Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure
Axis Ports dialog. Click OK .
10. Click OK .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 143
Using the Microsoft
LPD monitor with
Window NT 3.5x
This section describes how to set up a Windows NT Server v3.5 and v3.51 for LPD printing over the TCP/IP protocol, using the built-in Microsoft LPD monitor.
Basic Setup
Install the TCP/IP
Protocol Stack
If you have not already done so, you should perform the TCP/IP basic setup procedures prior to installing a printer for LPD printing. These procedures are defined in Assigning an IP address , on page 32 and onwards.
In the Control Panel, click the Network icon. If the TCP/IP Printing entry appears, then TCP/IP is already installed. Close the Network folder and continue with Installing a printer on the next page.
Follow these steps to install the TCP/IP protocol stack:
1. In the Control Panel , select Network .
2. Click Add Software...
3. Select “TCP/IP Protocol and related components” and then click Continue .
4. Check “TCP/IP Network Printing Support” and then click
Continue .
5. Select path and then click Continue .
6. Click OK in the Network Settings dialog box.
144 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Installing a Printer Follow the following step-by-step instructions to install a printer for
LPD printing.
1. In the Control Panel , click the Print Manager .
2. In the Printer menu, select Create Printer .
3. In the Printer Name field, type a name for your printer.
4. Choose a suitable printer driver for your printer.
5. In the Print to field, select Other...
6. In the Print Destinations dialog, choose LPR Port and then click
OK . The Add LPR Compatible Printer dialog will now appear.
7. In the Name or Address field, type the IP address or the host name of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e. If you use a host name, this must be defined in the hosts file on your server prior to the installation. This file is normally located in
/winnt35/system32/drivers/etc/hosts.
8. In the Name of Printer on the Machine field, type the logical printer number you want to use, e.g. pr1. Click OK .
9. Click OK to complete the installation.
AXIS Print Utility for Windows Overview
AXIS Print Utility for Windows is the tool to use for network printing in Windows for Workgroups and Windows 3.1 environments.
AXIS Print Utility for Windows can be downloaded from the
software\prt_srv\utility\axpuw\latest folder on the AXIS Online CD or from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ . Install this utility now if you have not already done so.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 145
About
AXIS Print Utility for Windows
AXIS Print Utility for Windows is an application for network printing in the Windows environment. It allows you to:
• Install and maintain AXIS 5470e/570/670e printer ports as
Windows printer ports.
• Capture and monitor print jobs directed to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e ports.
Print jobs are directed through a spool directory located on your local hard disk (peer-to-peer mode), or on the file server (client-server mode). The printer port status of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e can be monitored and pop-up notification messages can be generated, keeping you informed of completed print jobs or any problem condition.
For more information about AXIS Print Utility for Windows, see the on-line help.
Notes:
• Microsoft Network (NetBIOS/NetBEUI) must be running when using AXIS
Print Utility for Windows.
• AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when printing in peer-topeer mode.
• The AXIS Print Utility for Windows is not needed on the client platforms for client-server printing.
• If you want to change the default name of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e or amend any of the default parameters, you can do so using your Web browser. Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169.
Peer-to-Peer vs.
Client-Server Printing
Windows for Workgroups and Windows 3.1 users, requiring access to a network printer in peer-to-peer mode, will need to install the AXIS
Print Utility for Windows software onto their workstation. Users may then add the required network printer to their systems and use the printer as if it was connected directly to their workstation. Peer-topeer printing offers the following benefits:
• You can monitor the printer status at all times and be notified when print job are completed.
• You do not have to rely on a server.
146 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Client-server operation requires only one user to install the AXIS Print
Utility for Windows software onto their workstation. This user then adds the printer to his or her workstation (the server) and shares the printer with other users on the network. The other users (the clients) can connect to the printer through the server via the Windows Print
Manager.
The client-server mode provides a way of maintaining queue ordering and job priority, but at a price. This is because:
• You cannot receive printer status or print job notification.
• The workstation, setup as the server, must be available at all times.
It must also have the capacity to handle the print jobs that pass through it.
Notes:
• When using the client-server mode, other users can still install the AXIS Print
Utility for Windows software, for printing directly to the network printer in peer-to-peer mode.
• When using the client-server mode, it is recommended that the server is setup only on a Windows for Workgroups workstation.
Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups
Windows 3.1
In order to print to a network printer, Windows 3.1 requires the installation of network support, such as the LAN Server or LAN
Manager Workstation software. When installed, proceed as described under Windows for Workgroups below.
Windows for
Workgroups
Peer-to-Peer Printing Follow the instructions below to install your AXIS 5470e/570/670e for peer-to-peer printing at a Windows for Workgroups workstation:
1. Double-click the AXIS Print Utility icon.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 147
2. In the Port menu, click Add .
3. In the NPS Port list, select the AXIS 5470e/570/670e port. The port appears as <name>.LP1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e serial number, e.g.
AX100086.
4. Accept or change the suggested Windows port name and type any required comment in the Description field. Make a note of the
Windows port name as you will need this later, then click OK to install the Windows port.
5. In the Port menu, click Connect...
to bring up the Windows
Printers dialog.
6. Select a printer driver from the list of Installed Printers (or click
Add>> to install a new driver), then click Connect...
7. Select the Windows port name from step 4 above (this name can be found at the bottom of the Ports list).
8. Click OK to close the Connect dialog, and Close to close Printers.
The setup is completed and you can now print through your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Notes:
• AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when you print through your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e. It is strongly recommended that you copy the AXIS
Print Utility icon into your StartUp folder.
• To enable TCP/IP printing in Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups environments, you must use a shareware LPR spooler that can be downloaded from ftp://ftp.axis.com/pub/axis/software/prt_srv/utility/wlprs/.
Client-Server Printing:
Server Setup
.
Follow the instructions below to install your AXIS 5470e/570/670e for client-server printing at a Windows for Workgroups server:
1. Choose a workstation that you want to use as a server for network printing. The server must be available at all times and must have sufficient hard disk space for spooling print jobs.
2. Open Network Setup , click Sharing...
, check the I want to be able to allow others to print to my printer(s) box.
148 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
3. Install AXIS Print Utility for Windows on the server.
4. Set up your AXIS 5470e/570/670e as described under Peer-to-
Peer Printing, on page 146.
5. Open Print Manager and select your printer.
6. In the Printer menu, select Share Printer As...
7. Type a printer name in the Share As field (this is the printer name seen by the clients, see Client Setup below).
Check the Re-share at Startup box, then click OK .
The server setup is now completed.
Note:
The AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when you print through your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e. It is strongly recommended that you copy the AXIS Print
Utility icon into your StartUp folder.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 149
Client-Server Printing:
Client Setup
Follow these steps to use your AXIS 5470e/570/670e for client-server printing at a Windows for Workgroups client:
1. In the Control Panel , select Printers .
2. Select a printer driver from the list of Installed Printers, or click
Add>> to install a new driver. Click Connect...
3. Select Network...
in the Device Name list, select a local port
(LPT1 - LPT3) to redirect to your network printer.
4. In the Show Shared Printers on list , select the server from Server
Setup above.
5. In the Shared Printers list, select the printer you want to use.
6. Click OK , OK and Close .
7. Exit the Control Panel.
The client setup is completed and you can now print through your
AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Note:
You can share the printer drivers you have installed with other AXIS Print System users on your network. In AXIS Print System, check the Enable Driver Sharing box in My Printers | Settings | Program Options | General.
Windows Clients using LANtastic
From any Windows client, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e can also be used for network printing in LANtastic environments.
150 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
LANtastic users can use the AXIS Utilities in exactly the same manner as described in the preceding Windows sections, using a choice of Axis utility software that is guided by the type of Windows client employed:
• Refer to AXIS Print Utility for Windows Overview , on page
144, if you are using a Windows for Workgroups client.
• Refer to AXIS Print Monitor Overview , on page 138, if you are using a Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT client.
Note:
Make sure that your LANtastic client is running the desired printing protocols.
AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 151
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2
Having connected the AXIS 5470e/570/650e to your network, as described in Connecting a printer to the Ethernet Network , on page
26, this section now describes how to set up your AXIS
5470e/570/650e for printing in the OS/2 environment.
Continue with the instructions presented in the table below:
See ...
Printing protocol
TCP/IP TCP/IP Printing, on page 152
NetBIOS/NetBEUI NetBIOS/NetBEUI Printing, on page 153
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570/650e in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare , on page 110
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh , on page 157
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 163
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) , on page 203
152 Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual
TCP/IP Printing
Having assigned an IP address to the AXIS 5470e/570/650e, as described in Assigning an IP address , on page 32, you are now ready to install it for TCP/IP printing in the OS/2 environment. The AXIS
5470e/570/650e supports LPR Printing using the lprportd service method.
Installing the
AXIS 5470e/570/650e
Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 5470e/570/650e using the lprportd service method:
1. Open the OS/2 System window, select TCP/IP and TCP/IP
Configuration .
2. Select Printing , type a number, e.g. 3, in the Maximum number of LPD ports field. The Remote print server and Remote print server's printer fields should remain empty.
3. Select Autostart , select lprportd , click the Autostart check box and select Detached .
4. Exit and Save.
5. Restart your OS/2 client.
Creating a print queue
Continue with the instructions below to create a print queue:
1. Open the Template group. Create an new printer from
Templates by dragging the Printer icon to the desktop with the right mouse button.
2. Select a printer driver and double-click a free Output port, for instance \PIPE\LPD0.
3. Enter the host name or the IP address of the AXIS
5470e/570/650e in the LPD server field.
4. Enter one of the AXIS 5470e/570/650e logical printer names, for example pr1, in the LPD printer field.
AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 153
NetBIOS/NetBEUI Printing
The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is the tool to use for
NetBIOS/NetBEUI printing in OS/2 environments.
AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is available from the
software\prt_srv\utility\axpu\latest folder located on the AXIS Online
CD. It can also be downloaded from the Axis WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ . Install this utility now if you have not already done so.
If you want to change the default name or any of the AXIS
5470e/570/650e default parameters, you can do so using any standard
Web browser or AXIS NetPilot from any Windows platform that is connected to your network, or WinOS/2 window under OS/2.
Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169, for more information.
The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is not needed on the client platforms when using a client-server configuration.
154 Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual
About AXIS Print
Utility for OS/2
AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is an application for NetBIOS/NetBEUI printing in the OS/2 environment. Its allows you to:
• Install and maintain the AXIS 5470e/570/650e printer ports as
OS/2 printer ports.
• Capture and monitor print jobs directed to the AXIS
5470e/570/650e ports.
Print jobs are directed through a spool directory located on your local hard disk (peer-to-peer mode), or on the file server (client-server mode). The printer port status of your AXIS 5470e/570/650e can be monitored and pop-up notification messages can be generated, keeping you informed of completed print jobs or any problem condition.
Notes:
• The NetBEUI protocol must be active. If not, use MPTS/LAPS (LAN Server) or SETUP (LAN Manager) to activate it.
• If you are using OS/2 version 2.x and wish to print through TCP/IP, we recommend that you use the IBM TCP/IP for OS/2 product. It supports the
LPD and interactive FTP print methods.
Installing the
AXIS 5470e/570/650e
1. When AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is running, click Install to install your AXIS 5470e/570/650e. The port appears in the list as
<name>.LP1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of your print server serial number. e.g. AX100086.LP1.
2. Select the port that you want to install, then click Install .
Repeat this procedure for each server using the AXIS 5470e/570/650e.
Note:
The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 must be running in order to print through your
AXIS 5470e/570/650e. It is strongly recommended that you modify the startup.cmd file, enabling AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 to automatically start when your client is re-booted. Instructions are available in the AXIS Print Utility for OS/2
Readme file.
AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 155
Creating a Print Queue
(OS/2 version 2.x
and OS/2 Warp)
1. Double-click the Templates folder, then drag the Printer icon out to the Workplace Shell (or into a folder) while holding the right mouse button down.
2. Type a name of your choice in the Name field.
3. Select \PIPE\<name>.LP1 from the Port list, and select a printer driver suitable for your printer from the Standard Printer list.
4. Click OK to confirm the printer definition.
Sharing the
Print Queue
A print queue must be made a shared resource before it can be accessed from other clients or servers. The following three examples show how you can share your printer resources:
Open an OS/2 window and issue the following command:
NET SHARE <queue_name> /PRINT
Where <queue_name> is the name of the queue created on the previous side.
To share a printer resource when using OS/2 Warp with IBM Peer service, follow the steps below:
1. Click the right mouse button on the printer object.
2. Select Share and then Start sharing . In the dialog box, enter a
Description.
3. Select the check-box Start sharing at LAN workstation start-up .
4. Click OK .
To share a printer resource when using LAN server 4.0, follow the steps below:
1. Open LAN Server Administration .
2. Open your domain and then Resource Definition .
3. Drag and drop a printer from the template.
156 Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 AXIS 5470e/570/650e User’s Manual
4. Enter the Alias name, select a Server name and the previously created Spooler Queue Name.
5. Click OK .
The setup is completed and you can now print through your AXIS
5470e/570/650e.
AXIS 5400 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 157
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh
Having connected the AXIS 5470e/570 to your network, this section now describes how to set up your AXIS 5470e/570 for printing in
Macintosh environments using AppleTalk.
Note:
The AXIS 670e does not support the Apple Token Talk environment.
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare , on page 110
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 125
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2 , on page 151
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 163
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) , on page 203
Installation Using the Chooser Window
Basic Configuration Basic configuration in AppleTalk is performed simply by opening the
Chooser window and selecting a printer.
You can change the default name of your AXIS 5470e/570 or any of default parameters by editing the config file. To access the config file from a Macintosh, you can use:
• any Java enabled Web browser
• FTP using MacTCP, Fetch or Anarchie
In order to use any of the methods, you must assign an IP address to the AXIS 5470e/570 as described in Setting Parameters , on page 161.
158 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 5400 User’s Manual
Choosing a Printer
Selecting a Printer The method for choosing a printer varies depending on which version of LaserWriter printer driver you are using.
• The LaserWriter 7.0 driver assumes that you use a standard
PostScript driver, and cannot take advantage of any printer specific features.
• The LaserWriter 8.0 driver uses PPD files that contain printer descriptions. This gives you full control over any features your printer might have.
LaserWriter 7.0
Printer Driver
Follow the instructions below to choose a printer:
1. Select Chooser from the Apple menu.
2. Click the LaserWriter icon.
3. If your network has more than one zone, click on the zone you want. If your network has no zones, this box does not appear.
4. Click the name of the printer you want. The default AXIS
5470e/570 printer name is shown as: AXIS<nnnnnn>_<port>, where <nnnnnn> is the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570 serial number, and <port> is LPT1. For example: AXIS100086_LPT1.
5. Click the Close box. This completes the configuration and closes the Chooser.
Repeat this procedure for each Macintosh computer on the network using the AXIS 5470e/570.
AXIS 5400 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 159
LaserWriter 8.0
Printer Driver
Follow the instructions below to choose a printer:
1. Select Chooser from the Apple menu.
2. Click the LaserWriter 8.0
icon.
3. If your network has more than one zone click on the zone you want. If your network has no zones, this box does not appear.
4. Click the name of the printer you want. The default AXIS
5470e/570 printer name is shown as: AXIS<nnnnnn>_<port>, where <nnnnnn> is the last six digits of the AXIS 5470e/570 serial number, and <port> is LPT1. For example: AXIS100086_LPT1.
5. Click ‘ Setup...
’ and then ‘ Auto Setup ’. If the selected printer supports bi-directional printing and the appropriate PPD file is available, the installation is performed automatically and you can therefore proceed directly to step 7. If this is not the case, the PPD file must be selected manually, as described in step 6.
6. Choose the PPD file matching your printer, and click ‘ OK ’.
If your printer does not appear in the PPD file list, please contact your printer vendor. Use the Generic PPD if you do not need any printer specific features.
7. Click ‘ OK ’, and then click the Close box. This completes the configuration and closes the Chooser.
Repeat this procedure for each Macintosh computer on the network using the AXIS 5470e/570.
160 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 5400 User’s Manual
Bi-directional support The AXIS 5470e/570 allows the printer driver to communicate directly with the printer and consequently facilitates complete functional control over print jobs, e.g. automatic downloading of fonts not resident in the printer.
This functionality has backward compatibility with older printers and
Macintosh computers, which means that the AXIS 5470e/570 can generate appropriate responses to Macintosh printer queries, when the connected printer does not support bi-directional communication.
Verifying the Setup You simply need to print a document from the Macintosh computer to verify communication to the chosen printer. The basic installation can be considered complete if the print test is satisfactory. The AXIS
5470e/570 is now ready to use as a print server.
Note:
For information on advanced AppleTalk functions such as non-PostScript printer support, please refer to the Axis NPS Print Server Technical Reference on the
AXIS Online CD.
ASCII, TBCP and BCP The Binary Communication Protocol (BCP) and the Tagged Binary
Communication Protocol (TBCP) are communication protocols used by the serial and parallel ports of a printer. They allow 8-bit binary data in files concurrent with the use of some control characters, for communication and print job control. TBCP is required for printing with a binary data stream on some printers, e.g HP printers.
Note:
Some printers, e.g. Epson InkJet printers, can not be used when TBCP is enabled.
AXIS 5400 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 161
Setting Parameters In AppleTalk, you can change a limited number of the parameters of the AXIS 5470e/570. You can:
• enable and disable binary data transfers for your printing
• select the type of binary transfer protocol to use
• specify the AppleTalk printer type
• set the IP address
However, by assigning an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570, you have access to all of print server’s parameters via any standard Web browser or via FTP.
Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169 for more information.
Example: The following example describes the how you set the AXIS 5470e/570 parameters in AppleTalk.
Important: DO NOT use the parameter values from this example when configuring your AXIS 5470e/570. You should select values that are appropriate for your printers and network settings.
Follow the instructions below:
1. Open the Chooser.
2. Select a network printer driver, any LaserWriter will do.
3. Select the printer port which name ends with "_CFG".
4. Close the Chooser.
5. Open a text editor, e.g. SimpleText.
162 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 5400 User’s Manual
6. Write a text file containing the parameters you want to set:
BINARY_TYPE_1.
:BCP
INT_ADDR.
ATYPE_1.
:192.168.3.191
:EPSONLQ2
Parameters that you do not want to set should be excluded from the text file.
Refer to Appendix A - The Parameter List , on page 285, for information about which values that are valid for each parameter.
7. Print the text file. The settings will be stored in the print server.
8. Open the Chooser and select the printer port you wish to use for printing documents.
9. Close the Chooser.
Note:
The _CFG port disappears 60 minutes after the AXIS 5470e/570 has been powered on. If you want it to reappear, you must restart your AXIS 5470e/570.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 163
Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX
Installation in the UNIX Environment
Having performed the basic TCP/IP setup procedures as defined in
Assigning an IP address , on page 32, you are now able to print in interactive mode using LPR, FTP or Reverse Telnet protocols.
However, if you want to integrate the AXIS 5470e/570/670e into your host spooler, you can use the Axis automatic installation script
axinstall. This utility software is resident on the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and can be downloaded to your host using FTP, so no disks are required. The axinstall script can also be downloaded from the Axis
WWW home page at http://www.axis.com/ and it is available on the
AXIS Product CD.
Having completed this operation, the printer connected to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear as though they are directly connected to the host printer spooler.
If you intend to operate your AXIS 5470e/570/670e in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed according to one or more of the following sections, as appropriate to your network.
Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare, on page 110
Section 7 Setting Up - Windows, on page 125
Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2, on page 151
Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh, on page 157
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol), on page 203
164 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Integration into the
Host Printer Spooler
To integrate the AXIS 5470e/570/670e into the host printer spooler, you can use the auto installation script axinstall, resident in the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. Follow the instructions below to install axinstall onto your host using FTP:
1. Login to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using the command: ftp <host name>
or ftp <IP address>
2. Enter root
as the user id and pass
as the password.
3. Download the script using the command: get axinstall
Log out using the command quit, bye
or exit
depending on your
FTP version.
> ftp npserver connected to npserver.
220 AXIS 5470e/570/670e FTP Print Server v6.00 Jun 17
1999 ready.
Name (npsserver:thomas): root
331 User name ok, need password
Password: pass
(not visible)
230 User logged in ftp> get axinstall
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for axinstall
(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
local: axinstall remote: axinstall
61187 bytes received in 14 seconds (4.2 kbytes/s) ftp> bye
221 Goodbye.
>
Typical FTP session for collecting the axinstall script
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 165
The axinstall script has now been downloaded to your host. Execute the script with this command: sh axinstall
You will be guided through the installation by a step-by-step procedure. During the installation you will be asked to select a print method; we suggest you choose LPD or, for more functionality, use the PROS filter or named pipe methods. Please refer to the following pages if you need guidance on the choice of print methods.
The axinstall script will suggest one of the systems listed below when started. If you do not find the suggestion appropriate, then manually select any of the systems listed.
1....SunOS 4 (SUN BSD, Solaris 1.x)
2....SunOS 5 (SUN SYS V, Solaris 2.x)
3....AIX (IBM RS/6000, BULL DPX 20)
4....HP-UX (HP 9000)
5....BOS (BULL DPX 2)
6....DEC OSF/1 (Digital Equipment, Alpha)
7....ULTRIX (Digital Equipment, DEC)
8....IRIX (Silicon Graphics, SGI)
9....SCO UNIX (Santa Cruz Operation)
10...SCO UnixWare 2.x
11...SCO UnixWare 7
12...SCO OpenServer
13...FreeBSD (Berkeley UNIX)
14...Linux
15...Generic BSD (Berkeley UNIX)
16...Generic SYS V R3 (UNIX System V Release 3)
17...Generic SYS V R4 (UNIX System V Release 4)
Systems supported by axinstall
166 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Print Methods on TCP/IP Networks
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports several different print methods in the TCP/IP environment. axinstall will suggest a print method suitable for your particular UNIX system, but you might want to use another method depending on your printing requirements (banner pages, status logging, etc).
The diagram below shows the alternative data paths taken by some of the UNIX print methods. This illustrates some of the advantages and limitations of the different methods. Use the following information to determine which method to adopt.
File to
Spooler
Filter/
Interface
Model
Devices
Parallel Port
Directly connected printer
Named Pipe
DIRECT
FTP
RTELNET
LPD FTP
RTELNET PROS B PROS print daemon
Printer
PROS A
Axis Network Print Server
Illustration of different UNIX print methods
LPD The Line Printer Daemon is a protocol for transferring print jobs between hosts. This is the recommended method for UNIX systems, but some System V versions do not support LPD.
Advantages:
Easy to set up – install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as a remote queue in System V, or add a remote printer to
/etc/printcap using the rm
and rp
fields (BSD).
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 167
Limitations:
Spooler features, and printcap
or lpr
options (BSD) such as multiple copies, are not available.
FTP The File Transfer Protocol is used for transferring files between hosts.
Advantages:
Uses industry standard network software on the host.
Limitations:
No printer status logging. In the case of BSD it may conflict with other input or output filters and does not allow both input and output filters. In System V no filters or interface programs can be used.
PROS A protocol developed at Axis. Comes in two versions;
named pipe (PROS A) and filter (PROS B).
PROS A PROS A - Advantages:
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e appears as a device to the system. This makes all filter and model options available. It provides accounting and status logging. Supports bi-directional printing.
The printer information read back can be viewed in a log file.
PROS A - Limitations:
A ‘C’ compiler is required to build the PROS A drivers.
Note:
You can download a ‘C’ compiler from http://www.gnu.org/.
168 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
PROS B PROS B - Advantages:
It provides accounting and status logging. Supports bi-directional printing. The printer information read back can be viewed in a log file.
PROS B - Limitations:
A ‘C’ compiler is required to build the PROS B drivers and in the case of BSD, it may conflict with other input or output filters. It does not allow both input and output filters. Interface programs can not be used in System V.
Note:
You can download a ‘C’ compiler from http://www.gnu.org/.
Reverse Telnet Often used for printing via a terminal server printer port. Only recommended if you already have a Reverse Telnet driver installed.
Advantages:
Easy to set up with previously installed Reverse Telnet drivers.
Limitations:
No status logging. Drivers are not supplied with the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. Existing drivers may be slow.
Other UNIX Systems Most UNIX systems resemble either BSD or System V and so with some ingenuity, a solution can also be devised for other variants.
If the system has BSD socket type networking support, then prosbsd
(in the bsd
directory of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e) can be used as a starting point. It receives print data from stdin
, and writes a log file to stderr
. Nothing is written to stdout
.
Alternatively, FTP may be used. It is a good idea to use bsd/ftp_bsd or sysv/ftp_sysv
as a starting point.
IBM MVS Systems A sample JCL script, jclex
, is available in the mvs
directory of the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e. It gives an example of how to print a file from an MVS mainframe to an AXIS 5470e/570/670e using FTP.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 169
Section 11 Management & Configuration
The management and configuration tools that are supported by the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e allow you to:
• Change the print server parameters, i.e. editing the config file
• Receive extended information about the print jobs
• Receive printer port status
• Monitor your printers
• Reset the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
Configuration
Overview
The method you should use to manage and configure your AXIS
5470e/570/670e depends on the operating system protocols of your network. The table below displays which method to use for each supported environment.
Operating System Protocols
IBM Host
(AS/400, IBM Mainframe)
Configuration/Management methods
• From an IBM Host - See page 200
TCP/IP
(AS/400, IBM Mainframe, UNIX,
Windows 95/98/NT,
Windows 3.1/WfW)
•
•
•
•
•
•
IPX/SPX
(NetWare)
•
•
•
• NetBIOS/NetBEUI
(Windows 95/98/NT,
Windows 3.1/WfW, OS/2)
AppleTalk •
•
•
Web Browser - See page 170
AXIS ThinWizard - See page 175
FTP - See page 186
Telnet - See page 189
SNMP - See page 193
HP Web JetAdmin - See page 195
AXIS NetPilot - See page 178
HP JetAdmin - See page 195
Novell Utilities - See page 198
AXIS NetPilot - See page 178
Web browser - See page 170
Mac-FTP - See page 186
AXIS NetPilot via a PC platform in the same network - See page 178
170 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Using a Web browser
Once you have established the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the TCP/IP environment, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 32, you are free to access the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Web pages from any standard Web browser.
The Web interface of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is divided into two modes of operation, User mode and Admin mode.
User In User mode, you have no rights to change any parameter settings.
However, if you have access rights to the Admin mode, you can change some of the basic parameters from User mode via the
Configuration Wizard. This mode is intended for regular users who are only interested in using the print server's interface for checking print jobs or viewing printer properties. If you want to change any other of the print server's settings, you must enter the Admin mode.
Admin When in Admin mode, you have access to all the print server's parameters and you can change them to your liking. This mode is intended for network administrators and can be password protected to prevent unauthorized changing of the print server parameters.
Note:
To protect the admin pages from unauthorized use, enter a password in the Root
Password field under admin | General Settings
Accessing the Web
Pages
Follow the steps below to access the internal home page of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. The browser used in the following example is
Netscape Navigator 4.3.
1. Start your Web browser.
2. From the File menu, select Open Page...
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 171
3. Type the host name or the IP address of your AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the Open Page dialog, as detailed below:
You can alternatively type the host name or the IP address directly into the Web browser’s Location text field.
The home page of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e will appear in your browser.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e Home Page
172 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Available Services from the User Mode
The following services are available from the User mode. A link to the
Axis home page is available from this mode.
The Printer Overview page contains a section that allows you to view the general parameter setting of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, including the print server name and the location of the print server in your organization, if defined.
If you have admin access rights you can use the Configuration Wizard for general settings to perform basic configuration of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e and the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions to add an IBM session.
By clicking the printer icons, a printer page opens, allowing you to view the status and the supported capabilities of each the connected printer. The extent of this information depends on the printer model.
From the printer page, you can also print a test page to the selected printer.
From the Print Jobs page you can view the status of the current print jobs, including the number of printed bytes and the origin of the print job. You can also view a log of the 20 latest print jobs that includes the user, the printing protocol and the file size. A log that displays the accumulated usage of the connected printer printers allows you to control the usage of the connected printers.
The General Help page presents you with basic information about the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e and the Web user interface. A short description of the Axis installation tools you should use when installing a printer on your PC, is also included.
Available Services from the Admin Mode
The following services are available from the Admin mode. An additional link to the Axis home page is available from this mode.
The This Print Server page contains a section that allows you to view and modify the general parameter setting of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, including the print server name, the node address, the password and the base URL. You can also configure any of the eight logical printers of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Management operations, like restarting the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and resetting its parameters to the factory default settings, are also available.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 173
Caution!
Any network configuration should involve the Network Administrator.
By clicking on the printer icons, a printer page opens, allowing you to view the status and the supported capabilities of each the connected printer. The extent of this information is depending on the printer model. From the printer page, you can also print a test page to the selected printer.
From the Print Jobs page you can view the status of the current print jobs, including the number of printed bytes and the origin of the print job. You can also view a log of the 20 latest print jobs that includes the user, the printing protocol and the file size. A log that displays the accumulated usage of the connected printer printers allows you to control the usage of the connected printers. If you want to delete an ongoing print job, a delete button is available on this page.
From the IBM sessions page you can view the list of configured IBM sessions. You can choose to edit or delete a session from the list or add a new session from the Add Session button.
The IBM Emulators page contains three Detailed View buttons.
• SCS/IPDS emulator configurations. Select the IBM printer that is to be emulated from the drop-down list.
• SCS/3270DS emulator configurations
Common emulator settings: page format, CPI mapping, job control, 3270 options, extended emulation, user driver.
• IPDS emulator configurations
IPDS Emulator Settings: IPDS configuration, IPDS PostScript
Driver settings, IPDS PCL Driver settings
From the Network Settings page you can set all parameters that control the network traffic to and from the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
You can enable or disable any of the supported network protocols and fine-tune the parameter settings.
174 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
From the Support page you can receive help to resolve any installation or print problems that might occur. If your problems persist, the
Support page allows you to produce a Server Report. The Server
Report includes the settings of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, information about your connected printers as well as the current network settings. The Server Report is of great value for support assistance, so please mail, email or fax it to your support channel together with a detailed problem description.
The Statistics page displays information about the network traffic to and from the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as well as information about servers and services that are connected or associated with the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
The Help Contents page displays a comprehensive description of the configuration and management activities that can be performed from the internal Web pages of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Theses activities include instructions on how to install the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in various environments and how to upgrade it with new firmware. A detailed index is also available.
Note:
You can change the network speed parameters of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by clicking Admin | General Settings and set the transmission speed to either “10
MBIT”, “100 MBIT” or “Auto-Sense”.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 175
Using AXIS ThinWizard
AXIS ThinWizard is a management tool that allows you to manage and upgrade ThinServer products. You can find, monitor and upgrade your Axis print servers remotely in any TCP/IP network using a standard Web browser.
The internal Web pages of Axis ThinServer products integrate directly into AXIS ThinWizard, giving you access to the services described in
Using a Web browser on page 170.
Once you have established the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in the TCP/IP environment, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 32, you can access the AXIS 5470e/570/670e from AXIS ThinWizard.
Installing AXIS
ThinWizard
You should only install AXIS ThinWizard on a designated server on your network. When you want to use the AXIS ThinWizard for management purposes, you just access the server via any standard Web browser.
The AXIS ThinWizard software is available on the AXIS Product CD.
Starting AXIS
ThinWizard
Follow the instructions below to start the AXIS ThinWizard:
1. Make sure that the server where you installed AXIS ThinWizard is up and running on your network.
2. Start a Web browser from a client in your network.
3. Enter the IP address or the host name of the server where you installed AXIS ThinWizard. If the server is installed on another port than 80, you must enter the port name after the host name or the IP address.
176 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
4. The AXIS ThinWizard start page will appear in the Web browser.
Enter your user name and password and click the Log in button.
5. The AXIS ThinWizard interface appears. Select a network group from the list. If the list is empty, you must first create a group.
Creating a
Network Group
The network group concept is the corner stone of AXIS ThinWizard.
By dividing your network into network groups, you can monitor your print servers more efficiently. The scope of each network group is determined by the Axis server types and IP subnets that are included.
You can create as many network groups as you want.
Follow the instructions below to create a network group:
1. Click the Network Groups button in the AXIS ThinWizard main menu.
2. Click the Create button.
3. The Create Network Group page opens. Type the name of the network group and identify the IP subnets and Axis server types that should be included. If you are only interested in managing print servers, deselect all options but the Print Servers option.
4. Click OK to create the network group.
You can edit the properties of each network group from the Network
Groups page. Simply select the network group from the list and use one of the Edit , Copy or Remove commands.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 177
Managing the print servers
Follow the instructions below to access the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using AXIS ThinWizard:
1. Click the Manage Network button in the main menu.
2. Select the network group, including the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, from the drop-down list. All AXIS servers included in the network group appear in the window.
3. Click the link of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to access its internal
Web page.
You are now free to manage and configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as described in Using a Web browser on page 170.
Upgrading
Axis Servers
Refer to Upgrading using AXIS ThinWizard on page 228, for more information about upgrading Axis Servers using AXIS ThinWizard.
Additional
Information
If you need more information, please refer to the AXIS ThinWizard on-line help.
178 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Using AXIS NetPilot
AXIS NetPilot, version 2.62 or higher, is the recommended tool to use for configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e in networks that support communication via the IPX/SPX or the NetBIOS/NetBEUI protocols.
AXIS NetPilot allows you to:
• Change the AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameter values
• Modify network environment settings
• Monitor your printers on the network
• Create logical groups of print servers to simplify administration
• Upgrade the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
Starting AXIS
NetPilot
Start AXIS NetPilot by clicking the AXIS NetPilot icon, which resides in the folder where you installed AXIS NetPilot.
The main window of AXIS NetPilot
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 179
Changing the parameter values
The Property Pages
AXIS NetPilot provides you with two useful tools for changing parameter values:
Property pages:
Use the Property pages if you have little experience in editing config files and need a user-friendly interface.
Parameter List Editor:
Use this fast and efficient tool if you have considerable experience in editing config files.
The Property pages provide an easy way to view and change the parameters. Each property page comprises a set of selection tabs that are appropriate to your operating environments. Each parameter can be edited by selecting the relevant box.
Follow the instructions below to open and edit a Property Page:
1. Select the AXIS 5470e/570/670e from the ‘Network Print
Servers’ folder.
2. Click the Properties button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar or choose Properties from the Setup menu.
3. Select the tab that includes the parameter you want to change.
4. Change the value.
5. Click Apply to save the change to the print server. (If you select
OK instead, the Property pages closes automatically after the change has been saved).
The Parameter
List Editor
The Parameter List Editor is a simple editor that enables you to:
• Edit the AXIS 5470e/570/670e config file.
• Save customized config files to your hard disk.
• configure several network print servers simultaneously.
180 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Follow the instructions below to use the Parameter List Editor:
1. Choose Edit Parameter List from the Setup menu.
2. Download a config file from a print server or from your hard disk by selecting from File or from Print Server .
3. Click the Load button and the config file opens in the editor.
4. Edit the config file.
5. Select the appropriate radio button, To File or To Print Server .
6. Click Save after you have made your choice, to save the modified
config file.
Modifying the network environments
From the Network Environment window you can modify the network settings for each supported network environment.
To gain access to the Network Environment window, follow the instructions below:
1. Select the AXIS 5470e/570/670e from the ‘Network Print
Servers’ folder.
2. Click on the Network button on the toolbar or select Network from the Setup menu.
3. Select the tab corresponding to the environment that you want to modify.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 181
Monitoring Printers To simplify printer monitoring, you can create logical groups of printers. The printer status of each printer is displayed in the AXIS
NetPilot window.
AXIS NetPilot’s Monitoring Window
Creating a printer group
Follow the instructions below to create a printer group:
1. Select the ‘Monitoring Printers’ folder.
2. Click on the New Group button on the toolbar or select New
Printer Group from the File menu.
3. Type a printer group name in the text field and click OK .
You can create as many printer groups as you want.
182 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Adding a printer to a printer group
Follow the instructions below to add a printer to a printer group:
1. Select the printer group folder, located in the ‘Monitoring
Printers’ folder.
2. Click on the Add Printer button on the toolbar or select Add
Printer from the File menu.
3. The Add Printer window appears. Double-click the print server, to which the desired printer is connected and select the printer port. Click OK .
Examining printers Follow the instructions below to monitor the printers:
1. Select the printer group folder, located in the ‘Monitoring
Printers’ folder. The printer status appear in the right-hand frame of AXIS NetPilot.
2. If you want the status to appear in a new window, click the
Monitoring button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar.
Grouping logically connected
Print Servers together
AXIS NetPilot allows you to create logical groups of print servers in order to simplify administration. Installed print servers are displayed in the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder and shortcuts to these print servers can be added to the print server groups. Management operations performed on the shortcuts affects the functionality of the print servers.
Creating a
Print Server Group
Follow the instructions below to create a print server group:
1. Select the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.
2. Click on the New Group button on the toolbar or select New
Print Server Group from the File menu.
3. Type a print server group name in the text field and click OK .
You can create as many print server groups as you want, but you cannot include a print server in more than one group.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 183
Adding a
Print Server to a Print Server Group
Follow the instructions below to add a print server to a print server group:
1. Select the print server group folder, located in the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.
2. Click on the Add PS button on the toolbar or select Add Print
Server from the File menu.
3. The Add Network Print Server window appears. Select the print server and click OK .
Examining
Print Servers
Follow the instructions below to monitor the print servers:
1. Select the print server group folder, located in the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.
2. Select the print server.
184 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Printer Information Follow the instructions below to obtain rich printer information from printers in the monitoring window:
1. Select the desired printer folder, located in the ‘Monitoring
Printers’ folder.
2. Click the desired printer icon and choose Printer Information from the File menu.
AXIS NetPilot Printer Information window
You can also view the rich printer information in the Summary window.
AXIS NetPilot Summary window
AXIS 5470e
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 185
AXIS NetPilot Summary window
AXIS 570/670e
Upgrading the Print
Server
You can use the AXIS NetPilot Upgrade Wizard to upgrade the AXIS
5470e/570/670e software. Please refer to Section 14 Upgrading the software , on page 227, for details.
Additional information
Refer to the AXIS NetPilot on-line help for further information about this tool.
186 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Using FTP
Having assigned an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 32, you can change the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameter settings using the File Transport
Protocol (FTP).
Editing the config file Follow the instructions below to edit the config file using FTP:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: ftp <host name>
or ftp <IP address> in a DOS window
(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. Download the config file to your host by typing: get config
4. Edit the file using your preferred text editor.
5. Save the config file to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: put config CONFIG
Notes:
• It is important that the destination file is specified in capital letters. Otherwise the edits are temporary and will be lost once the AXIS 5470e/570/670e has been powered off.
• To edit the config file from a Macintosh you will need FTP support such as
MacTCP, Fetch or Anarchie. The procedure for editing the file is the same as described above.
The example on the next page describes how to edit the config file using FTP from a DOS window.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 187
Example:
> ftp npserver connected to npserver.
220 AXIS 5470e/570/670e FTP Print Server v5.58 Dec 16
1998 ready.
Name (npserver:thomas): root
331 User name ok, need password
Password: pass
(not visible)
230 User logged in ftp> get config
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config
(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
8588 bytes received in 0.24 seconds (35.63 kbytes/s) ftp> put config CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG
(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
8588 bytes received in 0.45 seconds (19.04 kbytes/s) ftp> bye
221 Goodbye.
>
188 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Viewing the Account File
The account file contains data concerning the ten last print jobs. It specifies an internal job number, the user that initiated the job, the protocol and logical printer that was used, current status (Completed,
Off-line, or Printing), number of bytes printed, elapsed time and off- line time.
Follow the instructions below to view the account file using FTP:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: ftp <host name>
or ftp <IP address> in a DOS windows
(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. Download the account file to your host by typing: get account
4. View the account file using your preferred text editor.
Viewing the Status File
The status command shows which printer port the logical printers are assigned to, and their current status.
Follow the instructions below to view the status file using FTP:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: ftp <host name>
or ftp <IP address> in a DOS windows
(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. Download the status file to your host by typing: get status
4. View the status file using your preferred text editor.
FTP Help By typing help in step 3 in the FTP instruction sets above, a list of all available files and commands will be displayed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 189
Using Telnet
Having assigned an IP address to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 32, you can manage your AXIS 5470e/570/670e using the Telnet protocol.
Viewing the Account File
The account file contains data concerning the last ten print jobs. It specifies an internal job number, the user that initiated the job, the protocol and logical printer that was used, current status (Completed,
Off-line, or Printing), number of bytes printed, elapsed time and off- line time.
Follow the instructions below to view the account file using telnet:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: telnet <host name>
or telnet <IP address> in a DOS window (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. View the account file by typing: account
The example on the next page shows how to view the account file using
Telnet from a UNIX shell.
190 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example:
> telnet npserver
Trying 192.36.253.96...
Connected to npserver.
Escape character is ‘^]’.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e TELNET Print Server v5.58 Dec 16
1998
AXIS 5470e/570/670e network login: root
Password: pass
(not visible)
AXIS 5470e/570/670e TELNET Print Server v5.58 Dec 16
1998
Root> account
Current account file:
JOB USER PROT
1
2
3
4
5
6
Root>
LPR S BYTES ETIME OTIME
Thomas FTP
Joe LPT pr2 C 1885 pr1 C 23074
2
4
RICHARD PSERVER pr2 C 43044 5
MacUser APPLE pr1 C 6717 2
LSLM_userNetBIOS pr2 C 36995 3 patrick PROS pr5 P 83208 9
0
0
0
0
0
0
Typical Telnet session to view the Account File
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 191
Viewing the Status file
The status command shows which printer port the logical printers are assigned to, and their current status.
Follow the instructions below to view the status file using telnet:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: telnet <host name>
or telnet <IP address> in a DOS window (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. View the status file by typing: status
Performing resets Three types of reset commands allow you to perform soft resets, to perform hard resets, and to reset the print server’s parameters to its default settings.
Follow the instructions below to perform a soft reset using telnet:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: telnet <host name>
or telnet <IP address> in a DOS window (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. Restart the print server’s protocols by typing: softreset
Replace the command in step 3 above with hardreset
or default
to perform the other two reset operations.
Printing Hexdumps The AXIS 5470e/570/670e allows you to record a trace of the communication between the AXIS 5470e/570/670e and the host.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports hexdump printing for the SNA,
TN3270E, TN5250E, LPR/LPD and Raw TCP/IP printing protocols. Please refer to Product Model Summary on page 10 for details on the supported protocols.
192 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Follow the instructions below to perform a hexdump printout for the
SNA printing protocol:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by typing: telnet <host name>
or telnet <IP address> in a DOS windows (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.
2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass
.)
3. Enable the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to hexdump mode by typing: snahexdump
4. Select Start Logging from the Terminal menu in the Telnet window. Specify a file name and select the folder where you want to save the file.
5. Start the print job.
6. When the print job is finished, select Stop Logging from the
Terminal menu.
7. Enter the quit command
Replace the command in step 3 above with tnehexdump
for the
TN3270E and TN5250E protocols, lpdhexdump
for the LPR/LPD protocol, or rtnhexdump
for the reverse Telnet protocol.
Telnet Help By typing help in step 3 in any of the Telnet instruction sets above, a list of all available commands will be displayed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 193
Using SNMP
You can use SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) for remotely monitoring and configuring of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
All major functions for print servers are supported.
General Information SNMP refers to a set of standards for network management, including a protocol, a database structure specification, and a set of data objects.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e SNMP implementation runs in the
TCP/IP environment.
The management is handled by NMS (Network Management System) software running on a host on your network. The NMS software communicates with network devices by the means of messages, which are references to one or more objects.
A message can be a question or an instruction to a device, or an alarm triggered by a specific event in a device. Objects are contained in data bases called MIBs (Management Information Base), where MIB-II is a standard database.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports all relevant parts of MIB-II and also includes a private enterprise MIB. Refer to The AXIS MIB, on page 194.
194 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
System Requirements for SNMP
The following requirements must be fulfilled in order to make full use of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e SNMP support:
• NMS software that allows you to install private enterprise MIBs
• A host, supporting FTP, on which to run the NMS software
Follow these steps to add the AXIS MIB to your NMS software:
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e using FTP.
2. Download the MIB file /snmp/axis.mib to the NMS host.
3. Install the AXIS MIB according to instructions in your NMS software documentation.
The AXIS MIB The AXIS MIB contains a large number of objects which may be categorized as follows:
• Menu objects - used for viewing and changing the AXIS
5470e/570/670e configuration from the NMS program. Refer to
Appendix Appendix A - The Parameter List, on page 285.
• Printer status and unit administration objects - used for monitoring AXIS 5470e/570/670e print jobs and storing parameter changes permanently.
• Trap objects - used for alarms at various error conditions.
For technical details, you can view the MIB file (axis.mib) with any text editor.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 195
Using HP administration tools
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is fully compatible with the HP JetAdmin and the HP Web JetAdmin printer management software. You can use either tool to install and configure your printer devices, and monitor the current status of your AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
Please refer to the appropriate Hewlett Packard documentation for further details about these tools.
Notes:
• You can disable the HP JetAdmin and the HP Web JetAdmin support, by setting the HP_JETADMIN parameter to NO.
• It is not possible to upgrade the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Flash Memory from the HP JetAdmin.
• If the AXIS 5470e/570/670e has been configured with HP JetAdmin or HP
Web JetAdmin, you cannot configure it with AXIS NetPilot unless you first reset it to the factory default settings.
196 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Exceptions Even though the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is fully compatible with the
HP JetAdmin tool, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e behaves differently than an HP print server in certain situations. The exceptions from the traditional HP JetAdmin functionality are presented below.
The print server concept
HP JetAdmin considers each printer port of the HP print server as an independent print server. One physical HP print server will act as one or three print servers depending on the number of supported printer ports. HP JetAdmin always considers the AXIS 5470e/570/670e as one print server, independent of the number of supported ports. The effects of this different behavior are:
• You can change a printer port’s properties from any of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e printer ports’ property pages. This can not be done with an HP print server.
• If you are performing a reset on one of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e printer ports, all three ports will be reset.
• From each port you can view all print queues connected to the print server and not only the queues connected to the specific printer port. To be able to distinguish between the queues, they must be named <queue_name>!<logical_printer_number>.
• The AXIS 5470e/570/670e printer ports have the same name.
They are only distinguished by suffixes. If you change the name on one of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e printer ports, all three port names will be changed. Note that the port names displayed in HP
JetAdmin will not change until one of the refresh commands in the Device Refresh menu has been performed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 197
The Serial Printer Port
(AXIS 570/670e only)
HP JetAdmin does not support serial printer ports. If you must change the default settings of the serial printer port of the AXIS 570/670e, it is recommended that you use the AXIS NetPilot. This will become necessary when you are installing a printer on your serial port. Follow the steps below to change the serial port parameters using AXIS
NetPilot.
1. Start the AXIS NetPilot.
2. Select your AXIS 5470e/570/670e and click Install on the AXIS
NetPilot toolbar. Select with current configuration .
3. Your AXIS 5470e/570/670e has been transferred to the ‘Network
Print Servers’ folder. Select your AXIS 5470e/570/670e and click the Property button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar.
4. Select the Printer Ports tab.
5. Select COM1 from the Printer Port drop-down list.
6. Select XON/XOFF from the Handshake Protocol drop-down list, set the Baud Rate to 38400 and select 1 stop bit. Click OK.
The settings in step 6 varies between different printer models. Please refer to your printer documentation.
If your network supports TCP/IP you can also change the serial port parameters by using the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Web interface.
198 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Using Novell Utilities
After installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e into the NetWare environment using AXIS NetPilot, you can manage your AXIS
5470e/570/670e, using either Novell’s NetWare Administrator, or
PCONSOLE.
NetWare
Administration
Some useful features provided by the NetWare Administrator are described in more detail below:
Printer Status The Printer Status menu, detailed below, shows the status of an active print job serviced by an AXIS 5470e/570/670e network print server. It displays detailed information concerning the active job including,
Print Queue, print job description, size of print file, percentage of job completed, etc. You can also abort or pause the print job from this menu.
NetWare Administrator Printer Status Menu
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 199
Notification You can use the NetWare Administrator to enable or disable status notification messages for printers connected to the AXIS
5470e/570/670e, e.g. Busy, Off-line, Out of paper, Paper jam, etc.
You can also add or remove print job owners and administrators from the list of persons to be notified.
Print Layout You can view installed AXIS 5470e/570/670e Network Print Servers and their relative print queues for any NetWare Organizational Unit.
You can also display summary information by right-clicking on the printer object you want to examine.
NetWare Print Layout with corresponding information summary
200 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Configuring the Print Server from an IBM host
Once communication with an IBM host has been established, all the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameters can be edited by printing a file containing special configuration commands. To start the configuration, the command
%CONFIG+
is entered in the file. To protect your settings, a password must be provided. By default, the password is pass
. When all parameters are set, the command
SAVE
is used to store the parameters permanently. The command
%CONFIGleaves the configuration mode and resumes normal printing. The syntax for the file to print is:
%CONFIG+ <password;>
IBM_PRINTING_PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
In order to maintain backward compatibility and increase security, many parameters that are not related to the IBM printing operation have to be preceded by the
%CONFIG++
command. When all parameters are set, enter
%CONFIG--
. The parameters requiring
%CONFIG++
are clearly marked in the parameter listing on the following pages.
%CONFIG+ <password;>
IBM_PRINTING_PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;
%CONFIG++
PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;
%CONFIG--
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 201
Example: Select the PCL5 printer driver and disable the NetWare protocol:
%CONFIG+ password;
PRDRIVER = PCL5;
%CONFIG++
NETW_ENB = NO;
%CONFIG--
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
(If you have not changed the default password (pass), the password is optional)
Note:
For parameters requiring more than one value, the values should be separated using a comma.
202 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 203
Section 12 IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
Overview
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server enables printing over the
Internet with IPP (Internet Printing Protocol), a developing industry standard that allows users to print to remote printers across the
Internet.
With IPP, a user with an Internet connection can send a document to any Internet-connected printer. IPP is platform-independent and can be used to print over any LAN or WAN that supports TCP/IP.
In practical terms this means that you can send documents to a remote printer as an addition to or replacement of fax and e-mail, with the same quality and color options of traditional network printing.
In order to print to a remote printer using IPP, you need the following:
• An IPP client installed on your computer together with appropriate printer drivers. The IPP client is a tool that adds destination printers to your printer list. A list of available IPP clients can be viewed in Currently available IPP clients , on page 205.
• The printer to which you want to send your print job needs to be connected to a server with IPP functionality . AXIS
5470e/570/670e makes it possible for your printer to receive printjobs from an IPP client. The IPP-functionality of the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server is automatically activated upon installation.
204 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Before you print to an IPP printer you will need to know:
• the http:// address of the print server.
(The http:// address contains the IP address or host name of the print server, the port number (which is 631 and only used in the 1.0 standard) and the printer port name ).
• the brand and model of the printer in order to install the appropriate printer driver.
• the printer port name of the print server to which the printer is connected.
Address-schemes for IPP printers
When using IPP printing, you need to know the IP address or host name of your IPP-enabled Axis print server. IPP is a client-server type protocol which comprises two industry standards:
• the 1.0 standard , which uses a http: address scheme.
• the 1.1 standard , which uses an ipp: address scheme.
The URL syntax for the destination printer contains:
1. the print server host name or IP-address
2. the port number 631 (only used in the 1.0 standard).
3. the local printer port name
Example using host name in the 1.0
standard:
If “axisps” is the host name of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server,
"631" is the port number and "LPT1" is the local printer port name, then the syntax of the address scheme will be http://axisps:631/LPT1 in the 1.0 standard.
IPP address using host name http://axisps:631/LPT1 http://axisps:631/LPT2 http://axisps:631/COM1
Corresponding printer
Printer attached to the LPT1 parallel port
Printer attached to the LPT2 parallel port
Printer attached to the COM1 serial port
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 205
Example using IPaddress in the 1.1
standard:
If “171.16.5.218” is the IP-address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server and "LPT1" is the local printer port name, then the syntax of the address scheme will be ipp://171.16.5.218/LPT1 in the 1.1 standard.
IPP address using IP address ipp://171.16.5.218/LPT1 ipp://171.16.5.218/LPT2 ipp://171.16.5.218/COM1
Corresponding printer
Printer attached to the LPT1 parallel port
Printer attached to the LPT2 parallel port
Printer attached to the COM1 serial port
Currently available IPP clients
An IPP client needs to be installed on your computer together with an appropriate printer driver for proper IPP functionality. The IPP client is a tool that adds destination printers to your printer list.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server with integrated IPP is compatible with any 1.0 and 1.1 - compliant IPP client.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server presents IPP Printer objects to the client, one for each printer port. Some of the most common IPP client printing methods are described later on in this chapter. Please refer to your client documentation for more specific information.
206 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Some examples of IPP clients on the market:
• For Windows NT : the Internet Printer Connection software from Hewlett Packard (can be down-loaded from the Hewlett
Packard web site).
• For Windows 2000 : the Microsoft IPP Client (automatically installed with OS).
• For Windows ’95/’98 : IPP clients can be downloaded from the
Microsoft web site.
• For Unix/Linux : CUPS (can be down-loaded from the Common
Unix Printing System web-site: http://www.cups.org).
User Requirements
The IPP protocol does not require any special configuration of the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server, the IPP function is automatically activated when you install your AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
IPP is platform independent.
Firewall Considerations
If there are one or more firewalls between the IPP Client and the server, you may have to make some changes to the firewall configuration. IPP uses TCP Port 631 for printing, so any firewalls between client and server must be configured to allow bi-directional traffic on that port. Please consult your network administrator if you think any configuration changes are necessary.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 207
How to print
IPP printing in
Windows ‘95/’98:
In this example the printers’ http: address is http://171.16.5.218:631/LPT1.
Before you print to an IPP printer you will need to know:
• the http:// address of the print server. The http:// address contains the IP address or host name of the print server and the printer port name .
• the brand of the printer in order to install the appropriate printer driver.
• the printer port of the print server to which the printer is connected.
1. Select the IPP printer to which you want to send your document.
Choose the destination printer from the Printer name field (In
File | Print ).
If your destination printer does not exist in your Printer name list, you need to add it. Adding an IPP-printer to your printer list is described in Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows ’95/’98 , on page 207.
2. When you press Print , the print job is sent over the Internet to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server, which then forwards the print job to the destination printer.
3. The recipient of the print job can collect the printjob at the destination printer.
Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows ’95/’98
1. Install the IPP client for Windows 95/98 on your computer. This
IPP client can be downloaded from the Microsoft web site.
2. Open Start | Settings | Printers.
3. Choose Add Printer , then Network Printer .
4. In the Printer field in the Connect to Printers window, write the http: address of the destination printer: http://171.16.5.218:631/LPT1.
208 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
5. Select the appropriate printer driver corresponding to the destination printer.
6. Specify a name for the printer you wish to add to your printer list.
Click Finish. The destination printer will be added to your printer list. You are now ready to print using IPP.
IPP printing in
Windows NT:
Before you print to an IPP printer you will need to know:
• the http:// address of the print server. The http:// address contains the IP address or host name of the print server and the printer port name .
• the brand of the printer in order to install the appropriate printer driver.
• the printer port of the print server to which the printer is connected.
1. First you need to select the IPP printer to which you want to send your document. Select the destination printer from your Printer
Name list (In File | Print | Printer Setup ).
The printer name will begin with a URL: http://...
If your destination printer does not exist in your Printer Name list, you need to add it. Adding an IPP-printer to your printer list is described in Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows NT , on page 208.
2. When you press Print , the print job is sent over the
Internet/WAN to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server, which then forwards the print job to the destination printer.
3. The recipient of the print job can collect the print job at the destination printer.
Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows NT
In this example the print servers http: address is http://171.16.5.218, the printer is connected to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server port
LPT1 and the printer is a HP LaserJet 5Si (and the port number is
631).
1. Install the Internet Printer Connection software from Hewlett
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 209
Packard (can be down-loaded from the Hewlett Packard web site) on your computer.
2. Open Start | Settings | Printers.
3. Choose Add Printer. The Add Printer Wizard will start.
4. Next, the Wizard will ask you if you want to install on My
Computer or on a Network print server . Choose My Computer and click Next:
5. In the Available Ports window, click Add Port :
210 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
6. The Printer Ports dialog will appear, showing a list of Available
Printer Ports .
Choose The HP Internet Printer Connection Port and click New
Port.
7. The HP Internet Printer Connection will start. Click Next .
8. In the IP Address, Host Name or URL field, type the http:// address of the Axis print server to which the destination printer is connected. The URL will automatically appear in the Port Name field as well:
In this example the printer’s http: address is http://171.16.5.218:631/LPT1. Click Next .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 211
9. Next, the Wizard will confirm the information you have entered.
Click Finish to complete the installation and go back to the
Available Ports list.
10. The IPP printer port list is now available in the Available Ports list. Click Next.
11. Next, choose a suitable driver for the destination printer and install it. Click Next .
12. You will be asked if you want the newly added printer to be your default printer and if you want to share the printer on your network with other users. Choose the alternatives that suit your printing needs and click Finish to complete the installation.
212 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
13. The new printer will appear in your Printer window. You are now ready to start printing using IPP.
IPP printing in
Windows 2000
Before you print to an IPP printer you will need to know:
• the http:// address of the print server. The http:// address contains the IP address or host name of the print server and the printer port name .
• the brand of the printer in order to install the appropriate printer driver.
• the printer port of the print server to which the printer is connected.
1. Select the IPP printer to which you want to send your document.
Choose the destination printer from the Select Printer field (In
File | Print ).
If your destination printer does not exist in your Select Printer list, you need to add it. Adding an IPP-printer to your printer list is described in Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows 2000 , on page 213.
2. When you press Print , the print job is sent over the Internet to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server, which then forwards the print job to the destination printer.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) 213
3. The recipient of the print job can collect the printjob at the destination printer.
Adding an IPP printer to your printer list in
Windows 2000
In this example the print servers’ http: address is http://171.16.5.218, the printer is connected to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e printer port
LPT1 and the printer is a HP DeskJet 1120C (and the port number is
631).
Thus, the printers http:// address is http://171.16.5.218:631/LPT1.
1. Choose File | Print from the document you wish to print.
2. In the Select Printer field, click the Add Printer icon. The Add
Printer Wizard will start.
3. The Wizard will ask you if you want to install a local printer or a network printer. Choose Network Printer and click Next .
4. Enter the printer http: address in the URL field, e.g. http://171.16.5.218:631/LPT1 and click Next :
Axis print server
IP-address or host name
Printer port name
Port number
5. If you do not have a driver corresponding to the destination printer installed on your computer, the Wizard will prompt you to install one. Click OK .
214 Section 12: IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
6. The Installation Wizard will ask you to select a printer driver corresponding to the destination printer. Select the printer driver from the list and click OK .
7. The Wizard will ask you if you want the printer to be your default destination printer. Make your choice and click Next to complete the Add Printer Wizard installation.
8. The new printer is added to your Select Printer window.
9. You are now ready to print using IPP. Specify your new destination printer from the printer list and click Print .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 215
Section 13 Using Logical Printers
Using Logical Printers to Customize your Printing
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e has a powerful facility for altering the print data. This means that your desired print format can be realized on any type of printer. The following actions can be invoked from the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
• The character set can be changed to suit the printer
• Strings can be added before and after the print data
• Strings within the print data can be substituted
• ASCII to PostScript conversion
• Redirection of print data to another printer if the printer is busy
(AXIS 570/670e)
• Hex Dump mode to assist with printing problems
• Digital Copier support
(AXIS 5470e Copier model and AXIS 670e).
Logical Printer
Settings
If any of these actions are required, a Logical Printer is used to change the print data before being sent to the printer port. There are eight logical printers (PR1-PR8) that can be set up to filter the print data.
Configuring The
Logical Printer
Each logical printer can be set up using any standard Web browser or by directly editing the config file.
To configure the logical printers from the web interface, click admin and click the Logical Printer Settings button. Select the logical printer you wish to configure by clicking one of the tabs (PR1 - PR8). The available options will appear in these pages, depending on which print server model you have connected.
216 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Notes:
• The examples in this section describe how you can configure the available logical printers using a standard Web browser. If you want to set them directly by editing the config file, just enter the values for the corresponding parameters.
• The examples are suggestions on how to configure the logical printers. You should, of course, configure them according to the needs of your network.
• In The Parameter List , on page 285, you can find a complete list of the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameters.
• Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169, for more information about the available management tools.
• Refer to Product Model Summary on page 10 for details on the available models
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 217
Read-back Port The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports bi-directional printing. The information from the printer is read back on the parallel port when the parameter Read Back Port (PRx_IN) has the default setting AUTO .
However, it is required that the printer also supports bi-directional printing.
Example: Follow the instructions below to disable the bi-directional communication for logical printer PR1:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Set the Read Back Port parameter to NONE .
4. Click OK .
Adding Strings Before and After Print Jobs
These string functions provide a way to send printer control commands before and after each print job. They may be specified individually for each logical printer.
All strings are entered as hexadecimal byte values.
Example: Assume that the logical printer PR5 is configured as a PostScript printer and that you want to append the PostScript End of File character (hex
04
) after each print job.
Follow the instructions below to add a string after the print job:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR5 tab.
3. Enter the string 04 in the String After Print Job text field.
4. Click OK .
218 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example: You have an HP LaserJet printer with dual input bins, and want to print on pre-printed forms when using the logical printer PR4. The standard forms are taken form bin 1, and the pre-printed forms are taken from bin 2. The string before print job should contain the command to select bin 2, E
C l4H
(hex
1B 26 6C 34 48
), and the string after print job should contain the command to select bin 1, E
C l1H
(hex
1B 26 6C 31 48
).
Follow the instructions below to add strings before and after the print job:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR4 tab.
3. Enter the string 1B 26 6C 34 48 in the String Before Print Job text field.
4. Enter the string 1B 26 6C 31 48 in the String After Print Job text field.
5. Click OK .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 219
String Substitutions The string substitution function performs search and replace operations on the print data. The primary application is to replace printer control commands. Up to twenty string substitutions may be specified individually for each logical printer.
All strings must be entered as hexadecimal byte values, and each match and substitute string must be preceded by a count byte.
You substitute command strings by editing the String Substitutions
(PRx_STR) parameter.
Example: Assume that you want to replace the UNIX New Line (hex
0A
) with an ASCII NewLine (hex
0D 0A
) for logical printer PR1.
Follow the instructions below to substitute command strings:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Enter the string 01 0A 02 0D 0A in the String Substitutions text field.
Hex Code
01
0A
02
0D 0A
Explanation length of the string you want to replace the string you want to replace length of the substitute string the substitute string
4. Click OK .
This is the default setting for logical printers PR5 through PR8.
220 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example: Assume that you want to replace the UNIX New Line (hex
0A
) with an ASCII NewLine (hex
0D 0A
), and the printer command E
C
G1
(hex
1B 47 31
) with E
C
Y
(hex
1B 59
) for logical printer PR2.
Follow the instructions below to substitute command strings:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR2 tab.
3. Enter the string 01 0A 02 0D 0A 03 1B 47 31 02 1B 59 in the
String Substitutions text field.
Hex code
01
0A
02
0D 0A
03
1B 47 31
02
1B 59
Explanation length of the UNIX New Line command the UNIX New Line command length of the ASCII New Line command the ASCII New Line command length of the replaced printer command the replaced printer command length of the new printer command the new printer command
4. Click OK .
Note:
Extensive use of string substitutions will decrease the throughput rate of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
Character Set
Conversion
A common problem in a multiple host environment is that different hosts use different ASCII character sets. As a result of this, language specific characters (such as å ü ô ñ) are sometimes printed incorrectly.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e solution to this problem is to assign a character set conversion filter to a logical printer, and then link that logical printer to the host causing the problem.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 221
You select your desired conversion filter by setting the Character Set
Conversion (PRx_CSET) parameter. The output from the conversion filter is always IBM PC Set 2 (Code Page 437), and this is the character set the printer must be set up for.
Example:
AXIS 5470e
Your network contains a host using the character set ISO 8859-2. In order to direct its print jobs to the printer connected to the AXIS
5470e, you should assign the host to a separate logical printer, and install a character set conversion filter.
Follow the instructions below to change the conversion filter:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Set the parameter Character Set Conversion to ISO>IBM .
4. Click OK .
The ISO 8859-2 printer data that is sent to logical printer PR1 is converted to IBM PC Set 2.
Example:
AXIS 570/670e
Your network contains a host using the character set ISO 8859-2 and a host using the character set DEC. In order to direct their print jobs to the same printer, e.g. LPT1, you should assign each host to a separate logical printer, and install a character set conversion filter.
Follow the instructions below to change the conversion filter:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Set the parameter Physical Port to LPT1 .
4. Set the parameter Character Set Conversion to ISO>IBM .
5. Click OK .
6. Select the PR2 tab.
7. Set the parameter Physical Port to LPT1 .
8. Set the parameter Character Set Conversion to DEC>IBM .
222 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
9. Click OK .
The ISO 8859-2 printer data that is sent to logical printer PR1 is converted to IBM PC Set 2 and is printed on LPT1. Similarly, the
DEC printer data that is sent to logical printer PR2 is converted to
IBM PC Set 2 and is printed on LPT1.
The ISO 8859-2 printer data that is sent to logical printer PR1 is converted to IBM PC Set 2.
ASCII to Postscript
Conversion
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e logical printers can translate ASCII print data into PostScript format. This makes it possible to print with a
PostScript printer from a host that does not support PostScript. The conversion is selected by activating a filter that converts ASCII data into Postscript. This filter can be activated individually for each logical printer.
Activate your desired filter by setting the Printer Language Translation
(PRx_FILT) parameter.
Example: Follow the instructions below to convert ASCII print data to
PostScript for logical printer PR2:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR2 tab.
3. Set the Printer Language Translation parameter to POSTSCR .
4. Click OK .
Note:
If you select the parameter value AUTO_PS, the print data for every print job is searched and if any ASCII data is found, it is translated into PostScript. This setting is recommended if you are not sure if the print data is ASCII or PostScript.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 223
Debugging using the
Hex Dump Mode
When hex dump mode is activated, the print data is printed as hexadecimal byte values rather than characters; printer control commands are also printed as hex values. This allows you to inspect the control and print characters that are being sent to the printer, which is a useful debugging facility for the more difficult printing problems.
Example: Follow the instructions below to activate the hex dump mode for PR1:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Set the Hex Dump Mode Enabled radio button to YES .
4. Click OK .
Note:
The page length for hex dump printouts is determined by the lines per page value of the PostScript page format parameter.
PostScript Settings When a logical printer is set for PostScript conversion, you must specify the following:
• page size (default A4)
• page orientation (default Portrait)
• page format (see table below)
• font (default Courier)
Note:
The PostScript font can be any font that is installed on the printer.
Page Format Parameter Default Value
Lines per page 66
Characters per line
Characters per inch
0
100
Lines per inch
Left margin
Top margin
60
30
50
Description
0=disable line wrap
100=10 characters per inch
60 = 6 lines per inch
30 = 3.0 mm
50 = 5.0 mm
224 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example: Follow the instructions below to set the PostScript parameters for logical printer PR2:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR2 tab.
3. Set the Printer Language Translation parameter to POSTSCR .
4. Set the PostScript Page Size parameter to LETTER .
5. Set the PostScript Page Orientation parameter to LANDS .
6. Enter the string 48 0 120 60 30 50 in the PostScript Page
Format text field.
60
30
50
Hex code
48
0
120
Explanation
48 lines per page disable line wrap
12 characters per inch
6 lines per inch
3 mm left margin
5 mm top margin
7. Enter the string Helvetica in the PostScript Font text field.
8. Click OK .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 13: Using Logical Printers 225
Redirecting Print Jobs when a printer is busy
AXIS 570/670e
If print data is received for a printer that is already busy, the host must wait. However, it is possible to use a logical printer to redirect the print data to another logical printer when the target printer is busy. If the second printer is also busy, the host must wait until the target printer is ready.
Example: Follow the instructions below to redirect PR1 print jobs to PR3, when the printer assigned to PR1 is busy:
1. Click admin and the Logical Printer Settings button.
2. Select the PR1 tab.
3. Set the Physical Port parameter to LPT1 .
4. Set the Secondary Printer parameter to PR3 .
5. Set the Wait On Busy parameter to NO .
6. Click OK .
7. Select the PR3 tab.
8. Set the Physical Port parameter to LPT2 .
9. Click OK .
Notes:
• Logical Printer redirections cannot be nested. PR3, in the example above, cannot be redirected to another logical printer. The print job must wait if PR3 is busy as well.
• When the primary and secondary printers are busy, the print job will be printed on the printer that first finishes its active print job.
226 Section 13: Using Logical Printers AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Digital Copier
Parameter Settings
AXIS 5470e Copier
AXIS 670e
If you have an AXIS 5470e Copier or an AXIS 670e the following settings will appear in the Logical Printer Settings page:
• COPIER Model
Select your digital copier model from the drop-down list
• COPIER Duplex
Set to OFF by default
• COPIER Staple
Set to OFF by default
• COPIER Hole Punch
Set to OFF by default
• COPIER Paper Source
Select the desired input bin
• COPIER Copies
Enter the number of copies you wish to print
For more information on printing options available on digital copiers and multi-functional printers, refer to Digital Copier Support , on page 283.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 14: Upgrading the software 227
Section 14 Upgrading the software
The following software can be upgraded free of charge:
• AXIS NetPilot configuration software
• AXIS ThinWizard
• AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and Windows NT
• AXIS Print Utility for Windows
• AXIS Print Utility for OS/2
• The AXIS 5470e/570/670e print server software held in Flash
Memory
• The axinstall script
• The AXIS MIB file
Obtaining the Updated Software
You can obtain all the print server software as well as the latest utility software from the following locations:
• AXIS Product CD
• Over the Internet, by accessing the AXIS home page at http://www.axis.com
• Anonymous ftp, by logging in to ftp.axis.com and accessing the folder /pub/axis/
• your local dealer
Note:
If you are upgrading your print servers using AXIS ThinWizard, you do not need to obtain the firmware file prior to the upgrading process, provided that you are connected to the Internet.
228 Section 14: Upgrading the software AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Upgrading the firmware Software
You can upgrade the AXIS 5470e/570/670e Flash memory using one of the following methods:
• AXIS ThinWizard (TCP/IP)
• FTP (TCP/IP)
• AXIS NetPilot Upgrade Wizard (IPX/SPX)
Note:
Updating instructions are also supplied with the software update.
Upgrading using
AXIS ThinWizard
AXIS ThinWizard is a tool that enables batch upgrading of several print servers and should be used for upgrading the flash memory in
TCP/IP networks.
You must assign the AXIS 5470e/570/670e with an IP address, as described in Assigning an IP address, on page 32, before you can use this upgrading method.
Follow the instructions below to upgrade your print servers using
AXIS ThinWizard:
1. Click the Manage Network button in the AXIS ThinWizard main menu.
2. Select a network group from the drop-down list. You can only update the servers that are included in the selected network group.
3. All AXIS servers included in the network group appear. Click the
Firmware button to start the Upgrade Wizard.
4. Follow the instructions that are presented to you to complete the installation.
Refer to Using AXIS ThinWizard , on page 175, for more information about AXIS ThinWizard.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Section 14: Upgrading the software 229
Upgrading over the
Network using FTP
To upgrade over the network using FTP you will need the file with the new print server software. The name of this file is in the form product_version.bin
, e.g.
5470e_620.bin
for software release
6.20. You can use any of the previously mentioned methods to obtain the new file.
You must assign the AXIS 5470e/570/670e with an IP address, as described in Assigning an IP address, on page 32, before you can use this upgrading method.
Follow the procedures below to upgrade the AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
Notes:
• If the upgrading process fails, simply try again.
• If you lose contact with the AXIS 5470e/570/670e after an upgrading failure, just restart the print server by disconnecting and reconnecting the power supply to restore contact.
• If the network diode flashes at half second intervals, the AXIS
5470e/570/670e cannot process any print jobs. To leave this state you must repeat the instructions below.
1. Log in to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e with the command: ftp <host name>
, or ftp <IP address>
2. You will be prompted for user id and password. Use the user id root
, which has the default password pass
.
3. Type the command binary to change to binary transfer mode.
4. Type the command put <software name> flash
, where
<software name>
is the name of the new print server software, e.g.
5470e_558.bin
5. Wait for the Flash loading operation to finish. This normally takes 1 to 4 minutes. The unit automatically restarts with the new print server software.
6. Log out using the command quit, bye
or exit
depending on your FTP version.
230 Section 14: Upgrading the software AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Upgrading using
AXIS NetPilot
This method is recommended for upgrading the flash memory in
NetWare networks. An Upgrade Wizard is available to guide you through the necessary procedures.
Follow the instructions below to upgrade your print servers:
1. Obtain the firmware file, using one of the methods presented on page 227.
2. Put the file in the AXIS NetPilot ‘Upgrade’ folder. This folder resides in the same folder as the AXIS NetPilot program and was created when AXIS NetPilot was installed on your client.
3. Start the Upgrade Wizard by clicking on the Upgrade icon on the
AXIS NetPilot toolbar.
4. Proceed the installation by following the instructions that are presented to you in the Upgrade Wizard.
If you need more information, please refer to AXIS NetPilot on-line help.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 231
Appendix A SNA Parameter Overview
This appendix provides summary information on the parameters that control the basic operation of the SNA communication and the IBM printer emulation. It also describes how these parameters may be changed.
An overview of how parameters are mapped during the autoconfiguration process is also provided.
Communication Parameters
In most environments, the basic communication parameters need to be customized in order to establish a communication link to the host system. This includes setting the Host MAC Address and Host Name parameters in the Print Server. In this chapter you will find instructions on how to update these parameters.
SNA
Communications
Process
There are several parameters that control the basic operation of the
SNA communication, and IBM printer emulation. The diagram below shows how they relate to the SNA printing process.
SNA Communication
Settings
IBM Printer
Settings
Printer Driver
Settings
Network Printer
Device Emulation
MAC Address
Service Access Point
Node ID
Network Name
LU Name
CP Name
IBM Printer Emulation
System Language
Paper Size
Page Orientation
ASCII Printer Driver
Schematic diagram displaying basic SNA operation and IBM printer emulation
232 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Parameter Summary The following tables summarize SNA host communication parameters that must be considered when installing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
The parameters are presented as:
• Common Mainframe and AS/400 parameters
• Mainframe specific parameters
• AS/400 specific parameters
Common Mainframe
& AS/400 Parameters
Parameter
DEVICE_EMUL
H1_ADDR
AUTODIAL
Name
Control Unit
Device
Emulation
Host MAC
Address
Automatic Link
Establishment
Default
3174
FF FF FF FF FF FF no
Description
This parameter controls the Control Unit emulation mode. When set to 3174, the Print
Server will appear as a 3174 PU 2.0 node to the host. This mode may be used for both mainframe and AS/400 environments.
When set to 5494, the Print Server will appear as a 5494 PU2.1 node to the host. This is the recommended mode for the AS/400 environment. The 5494 mode cannot be used in the mainframe environment.
This is the Host Ethernet/Token Ring MAC address. It is normally set to the MAC address of the host.
When the Print Server is connected to the host through a gateway, this parameter should be set to the MAC address of the gateway. For a directly attached AS/400 system, this value is found in the "Line Description".
This parameter controls whether the print server will automatically try to establish the link when the print server is switched on, or if communication is lost.
When running 5494 CU mode, this parameter also controls whether Automatic Configuration should be performed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 233
Mainframe Specific
Parameters
Parameter
NODE_ID
Name
Node ID
Default
E07xxxxx, where
"xxxxx" are the last five digits of the
Print Server’s MAC address.
Description
This is the SNA PU identification.
The first 3 digits is the IDBLK and the last five is the IDNUM.
When defining a VTAM Switched Major Node, this parameter should match the IDBLK and
IDNUM values specified in the PU definition.
Hexadecimal characters (0-9 and A-F) only are allowed.
AS/400 Specific
Parameters
Parameter Name
NWORK_NAME Network
Name
Default
APPN
Emulation
5494 only
Description
This is the Print Server Network Name.
The value of this parameter is normally the same as the "Host Network Name", indicating that both the Print Server and the AS/400 system are located on the same APPN network.
The Network Name may comprise the letters A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter.
The letters used should all be in
UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
234 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Parameter
LU_NAME
CP_NAME
(AXIS 570 only)
H1_NW_NAME
Name
LU Name
Control Point
Name
Host Network
Name
Default
Axxxxxxx, where
"xxxxxxx" is the last 7 characters of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e serial number, in reverse order, e.g.
if s.no. =
00 40 8C 1B 06 D4 the default LU
Name =
A4D60B1C.
This will be the name of the APPC device and controller created during auto-configuration
Axxxxxxx, where
"xxxxxxx" is the last seven characters of the
Print Server serial number, in reverse order, i.e. a print server with serial number 00 40 8C
1B 06 D4 will have the default CP
Name A4D60B1C.
This will be the name of the APPC controller created during autoconfiguration.
APPN
Emulation
5494 only
5494 only
5494 only.
Description
This parameter defines the LU name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.
If an RWS controller for this Print
Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote location name (RMTLOCNAME).
The LU Name may comprise the letters
A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
This parameter defines the Control
Point name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.
If an APPC controller for this Print
Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote control point name (RMTCPNAME).
The CP Name may comprise the letters
A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
This is the AS/400 Host System
Network Name.
This host parameter may be viewed by issuing the DSPNETA command on the
AS/400 system. It is presented as the
"Local network ID" (LCLNETID).
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 235
Parameter
LU_NAME
CP_NAME
(AXIS 570 only)
H1_NW_NAME
Name
LU Name
Control Point
Name
Host Network
Name
Default
Axxxxxxx, where
"xxxxxxx" is the last 7 characters of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e serial number, in reverse order, e.g.
if s.no. =
00 40 8C 1B 06 D4 the default LU
Name =
A4D60B1C.
This will be the name of the APPC device and controller created during auto-configuration
Axxxxxxx, where
"xxxxxxx" is the last seven characters of the
Print Server serial number, in reverse order, i.e. a print server with serial number 00 40 8C
1B 06 D4 will have the default CP
Name A4D60B1C.
This will be the name of the APPC controller created during autoconfiguration.
APPN
Emulation
5494 only
5494 only
5494 only.
Description
This parameter defines the LU name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.
If an RWS controller for this Print
Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote location name (RMTLOCNAME).
The LU Name may comprise the letters
A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
This parameter defines the Control
Point name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.
If an APPC controller for this Print
Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote control point name (RMTCPNAME).
The CP Name may comprise the letters
A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
This is the AS/400 Host System
Network Name.
This host parameter may be viewed by issuing the DSPNETA command on the
AS/400 system. It is presented as the
"Local network ID" (LCLNETID).
236 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Parameter
H1_LU_NAME
Name Default
Host LU Name DEFAULT
Emulation
5494 only
Description
This parameter defines the LU name of the AS/400 system that should match the Local location name
(LCLLOCNAME), defined in the AS/400 system. Issue the DSPNETA command to view LCLLOCNAME.
If a remote workstation for this Print
Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, issue the DSPCTLD command to ensure that this parameter matches
LCLLOCNAME. If the Local location name is set to *NETATR, you should use the DSPNETA command to view
LCLLOCNAME.
The Host LU Name may comprise the letters A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 237
Updating parameters
This is most easily done from the internal web pages of your AXIS
5470e/570/670e. To set the parameters using a Web browser, you first need to assign an IP address to the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. For instructions on how to do this, refer to Assigning an IP address on page 32.
Alternatively, you can update the parameters via FTP or by using extended IBM printer emulation.
Using extended IBM printer emulation means setting up the AXIS
5470e/570/670e by printing a file containing extended IBM emulation commands to it after you have established communication with your IBM host. The configuration is started by inserting the sequence %CONFIG+ in your text. To protect your settings, a password must be provided. By default, the password is pass
. You may then set the parameter values directly using the syntax shown below:
Syntax:
<Parameter name> = <value> [, <value>];
When all parameters have been set the SAVE command saves the settings permanently. The %CONFIG command resumes normal printing. In order to maintain backward compatibility, some parameters must be preceded by a
%CONFIG++
command. See also
Appendix A The Parameter List on page 285.
238 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Example:
To set the parameters to their default values, enter the following in your document and print it.
%CONFIG+ password (If you have not changed the default password (pass), the password is optional.)
PRDRIVER = PCL5;
%CONFIG++
NODE_SAP = 4;
H1_SAP = 4;
AUTODIAL = NO;
%CONFIG--
PREMUL = 3816;
SYSL = 37;
BIN1 = LETTER, COR;
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
Changing
Parameters after
Auto-configuration
If you want to change some of the critical configuration parameters after auto-configuration is completed, you should first set
AUTODIAL to NO, then remove all descriptions in the AS/400, and then change the parameter(s) and set AUTODIAL to YES to initiate a new configuration process.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 239
Auto-configuration and Mapping
The configuration created in the AS/400 and the mapping to the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e as a result of the auto-configuration process is illustrated by the figure below.
Configuration in the
AXIS 5470e
Logical Printer #1
Logical Printer #2
Logical Printer #3
LU 6.2 conversation
Logical mappings
Configuration in the
AS/400
APPC-controller
APPC-device
RWS-controller
Printer device #1
Printer device #2
Printer device #3
Illustration of the configuration created in the AS/400 and the mapping to the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e as a result of the auto-configuration
Printer Device
Descriptions
Through auto-configuration, the APPC controller, APPC device,
RWS controller as well as printer device descriptions for the logical printers, will be created automatically.
Controller and
Device Names
The names of the controllers and devices created in the AS/400 during auto-configuration are by default the last 7 characters from the AXIS
5470e/570/670e serial number in reverse order, preceded by the letter
"A".
For example, serial number "00408C180102" will result in APPCcontroller "A201081C", APPC-device "A201081C" and RWScontroller "A2010RMT".
240 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Printer devices will be named "A201PRT01", A201PRT02",
A201PRT02"… The designation "PRTnn" corresponds to the logical printers in the Print Server, i.e. printer device "A201PRT01" will be mapped to Logical Printer #1. By default, all Logical Printers are mapped to the Physical Port LPT1.
To customize the print server, proceed to the SNA Printing - 5494
Mode, on page 45.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix B: SNA Gateways 241
Appendix B SNA Gateways
Gateway
Configuration,
3174 CU mode
Some hints specific to SNA gateways are given below.
• AXIS 5470e/570/670e appears to a gateway as a Down Stream
Physical Unit (DSPU), with eight LUs, 1 to 8 (LU 1 may not be available).
• Only gateways that communicate with DSPUs using SNA over
LLC type 2 are supported.
• There are basically two types of gateways that the AXIS
5470e/570/670e can be attached to: pass-through gateways and concentrator gateways, as described below.
Pass-through gateway Devices attached downstream to this type of gateway are completely visible to the host. In other words, each DSPU will have a PU definition on the host. Examples of pass-through gateways are IBM
3745 Communications Controller, IBM 3174 Establishment
Controller, IBM 3172 LAN Interconnect Controller, etc.
You need to set up at least one PU and LU definition for each AXIS
5470e/570/670e on the host, as described in the VTAM section.
When attaching an AXIS 5470e/570/670e to a remote pass-through gateway, you need to set the mapping of SDLC or sub-channel address to MAC address in the gateway.
Concentrator gateway, general
A concentrator gateway typically behaves as a PU (or a few PUs) to the host, even though a number of PUs may be available downstream. If it is an SDLC or channel attached gateway, typically only one SDLC or sub-channel address will be used. Examples of concentrator gateways are: IBM Communications Manager/2 (OS/2), Novell NetWare for
SAA (NetWare 3.x), Microsoft SNA Server (Windows NT), etc.
When an AXIS 5470e/570/670e is attached to this type of gateway, you can map the chosen AXIS 5470e/570/670e LU to any host LU you like. This way, several print servers may be accessed through the same gateway.
242 Appendix B: SNA Gateways AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Pooling LUs may not be used for AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
AXIS 570/670e If the LAN media at the remote (Print Server) location differs from that at the host location (e.g. Remote LAN = Ethernet and Host LAN
= Token Ring), the MAC address definitions must be modified, as outlined below:
Print Server Modifications:
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e Host MAC address (H1_MAC_ADDR) must be bit-order reversed for each byte, e.g. if the host address is 08005AB77D49 the converted address will be 10005AEDBE92
Host Modifications:
The required Host modifications are dependent upon the VTAM definition for the Major Node where the Print Server definition is placed.
• Case 1: VTAM Major Node definition is a Switched Major
Node.
The MAC address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be bitorder reversed in the PATH entry. An AXIS 570 with a
MAC/node address of 00408C1B06D4 will be defined using the MAC/node address 000231D8602B as follows:
PA5701 PATH DIALNO=0104000231D8602B,
GID=1, PID=1, GRPNM=gggggg
• Case 2: VTAM Major Node definition is a Local Major
Node.
When using a channel attached controller as gateway to the host, the MAC address of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e is configured in the gateway. The address must be reversed, as in case 1 above.
Concentrator
Gateway, NetWare
This is an outline of the procedure for configuring to a Novell
NetWare for SAA v 2.0 Server. More information is provided in the
Support section of the Axis WWW Home Page.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix B: SNA Gateways 243
1. Customize the AUTOEXEC and STARTUP files on the server.
Add the LOAD statements for the LAN and WAN cards, the
BTRIEVE database, and the NetWare for SAA 2.0 Gateway i.e. LOAD COMMEXEC and LOAD NWSAA.
2. Configure the Communication Executive (this and the following subjects are done on a WorkStation).
3. Configure SNA Network ID. Either change the default value or let it stay on default.
4. Configure Data Link Adapters. The configuration is done on the
Data Link Adapters Definitions screen by pressing insert for a new adapter config, then you always enter the Logical adapter name, Link type, Logical adapter number and Service status.
5. Configure PU and LUs. On the Configure PU Profile screen you can set default LU attributes, starting dependent LU address, number of dependent LUs, give CP a name, enable off-line test mode, status assignment of LUs activated by host, status call host at workstation attach, status PU profile start-up and logical adapter name. On the Configure Dependent LUs screen you can set VTAM LU name, lock for a session, LU type and model and preserve host session.
6. Assign LU Resources and Access Control Lists (ACLs). On the
Configure Dedicated LUs you can dedicate a LU to a person or device or group of persons. This person(s) is described in the access control lists.
7. Configure Downstream PU. Choose Configure Downstream PUs and press insert. Give it a name and fill in starting LU address or leave at default, type in number of DownStream LUs and logical adapter name:
Example:
Configure Downstream PU Connection
Downstream PU name (CP name): _____________________________DPUname
Starting downstream LU address: ___________________________2
Number of downstream LUs: _________________________________1
Logical adapter name: _____________________________________
244 Appendix B: SNA Gateways AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
The CSCON adds new parameters according to the adapter type you have set. The resulting screen can look like this:
Example:
Netware Comm Services Config V2.0 Wednesday 1999 September 4 16.27
Configure LUs for Downstream PUs _______________Downstream PU: AXIS570
DLU __Address __PU Profile __LU Address __LU Type __Model __VTAM LU Name
002 __(0x02) ____SAA_MAIN ____15 (0x0F) __Printer __________________ACP4
Example:
Netware Comm Services Config V2.0 Wednesday 1999 September 4 16.27
Configure LUs for Downstream PUs _______________Downstream PU: AXIS5470e
DLU __Address __PU Profile __LU Address __LU Type __Model __VTAM LU Name
002 __(0x02) ____SAA_MAIN ____15 (0x0F) __Printer __________________ACP4
Concentrator gateway, Microsoft
This is an outline of the procedure for configuring to a Microsoft SNA
Server. More information is provided in the Support section of the
Axis web site at http://www.axis.com
1. Configure host connection.
2. Configure downstream connection.
3. Select host connection and assign one or more DownStream LUs to it.
4. Select downstream connection and associate the DownStream
LUs (from step 3) with that connection.
5. If necessary, reorder the DownStream LU numbers, that is, the
LU numbers used by the downstream system.
6. To connect multiple PUs (boxes) repeat steps 2-5.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation 245
Appendix C Extended IBM Printer
Emulation
When printing from an IBM host, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e allows you to make use of the following printer functions not found in standard IBM printers:
• Configuration Mode
• Hex Transparency
• User Defined Strings
• String Substitutions
• Bar Codes
• Font Selection.
This appendix provides a brief overview of some of these functions.
For more information, please refer to the AXIS Network Print Server
Technical Reference supplied on the AXIS Product CD.
Configuration Mode The Configuration Mode provides a way to configure your AXIS
5470e/570/670e from your IBM system. For more information see
SNA Parameter Overview (page 231).
User Defined Strings The User Definable Strings are a set of 256 programmable sequences.
The UDS are useful for storing long sequences, such as printer function sequences, within the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Each sequence can be activated by inserting a short control command in your documents.
String Substitutions The String Substitution function searches the output data stream for specified sequences of AIC characters (Match Strings), and substitutes them with other sequences (Substitute Strings). Up to 128 pairs of
246 Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Match/Substitute Strings may be defined.
Note:
AIC (AXIS Internal Codes) are listed in the AXIS Network Print Server Technical
Reference.
Font Selection Fonts can be selected directly by FGID (Extended Emulation commands or SCS SFG commands) or indirectly by pitch SCS
SCD/SPD commands.
Notes:
• SFG control code is only supported by Twinax page printer emulations.
• Matrix printers only support a few fonts.
Hex Transparency The Transparency function allows you to send ASCII data to the printer directly from the host application. The data may be Postscript,
PCL, HP-GL or any other language supported by the printer. This gives you access to all the features of the connected printer from within the IBM environment.
When the percent and less-than characters (%<) are received, the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e will switch to hex transparency mode. The following data (given as hexadecimal byte values or quoted text) is passed directly to the printer without any conversion. The hex transparency mode continues until the greater-than and percent characters (>%) are received.
Example:
The following example shows how to embed HP-PCL ‘start underline’
(
<ESC>&d0D
) and ‘stop underline’ (
<ESC>&d0@
) commands in your documents:
The word %<1B26643044>%underline%<1B266440>% is underlined.
You can also use %<1B,"&d0D">%quoted text%<1B,"&d0@">%
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation 247
Resulting printout:
The word underline is underlined
You can also use quoted text.
Bar Codes The bar code function provides easy access to a range of standard bar code types resident in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Bar codes can only be printed on PCL printers.
Before the bar codes can be printed, a bar code format has to be defined. This format sets the type and size of the bar code to be printed. Up to 16 formats can be predefined. The definitions are made by setting up the BAR parameter.
The BAR parameter takes several arguments, separated by commas, as shown below:
BAR <number>=<type>,<width>,<height>,<text mode>,
<check mode>;
• number is the bar code definition number in the range 0–15. This number is used to refer to the definition when printing the bar code.
• type is the predefined bar code type. Valid values are:
Value Description
CODE39 Code 39
UPCA UPC version A
EAN8 EAN-8
EAN13 EAN-13
Value Description
CODE128 Code 128
INT2OF5 2 of 5 Interleaved
CODABAR Codabar matrix
248 Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
• width is the bar code module width in 1/1000 inch. Valid range is
1 to 1000. The default value is 12.
• height is the bar code element height in 1/24 inch. Valid range is
1 to 500. The default value is 12.
• text mode selects if human readable text is printed under the bar code or not. ‘YES’ or ‘ON’ will turn on text, ‘NO’ or ‘OFF’ will turn off text. The default mode is ‘ON’.
• check mode selects if a check digit will be generated or not. ‘YES’ or ‘ON’ will generate a check digit, ‘NO’ or ‘OFF’ will not generate a check digit. The default mode is ‘ON’. The check digit will always be generated for bar code types UPCA, EAN8 and
EAN13, regardless of the setting of check mode .
To set up the BAR parameter, use the
%CONFIG
command in your document. To print bar codes, bar code commands may be included anywhere in your documents. They begin with ‘percent-slash’ (
%/
) followed by the word BAR. Then follows the number of the bar code definition to be used, a comma, and the sequence to be printed. The command is ended by a semi-colon (;).
Example 1:
Setting up the bar code parameters and printing bar codes .
%CONFIG+
BAR 0 = EAN8,12,4,ON;
BAR 1 = EAN8,12,8,ON;
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
%/BAR 0,"0123456"; %/BAR 1,"0123456";
Example 2:
Once the BAR parameter has been set up, you will only need to use the bar code commands to print the bar codes.
%/BAR 0,"0123456"; %/BAR 1,"0123456";
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation 249
Resulting printout:
0123 4565
0123 4565
AXIS Cobra products compatibility
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports a subset of the extended printer emulation syntax of the AXIS Cobra products, including the bar codes syntax. For more information, please refer to the AXIS Network Print
Server Technical Reference supplied on the AXIS Product CD.
250 Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 251
Appendix D IBM Fonts
Font Selection,
Coax Printer
Emulations
Fonts can be indirectly selected by the IBM system using pitch selection (CPI). In order to gain full access to the fonts the AXIS
5470e/570/670e offers an alternative font selection command. Please note that matrix printers only support a few fonts.
Font selection commands may be included anywhere in your documents. They begin with ‘percent-slash’ (
%/
) followed by the word
FONT and the font number (Font Global Identifier, FGID). An optional point size value, preceded by a comma, may be included. The command is ended by a semi-colon (
;
).
Example:
The following example shows how to select the 10 CPI Courier (fixed pitch) font.
%/FONT 11;This is 10 CPI Courier
Resulting printout:
This is 10 CPI Courier
Font Selection,
Twinax Printer
Emulations
Fonts are selected by a FGID (Font Global Identifier) and mapped to a printer resident PCL font, selected to make a close match to the original IBM font. The IBM to PCL font mapping is controlled by the Font Definition Table. All entries in this table are fully editable, and you can also add new entries.
Note:
Refer to Appendix G - DBCS Support on page 275 for details on DBCS font types supported by the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
252 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Available Fonts The fixed pitch fonts are not scalable. If a Point Size is specified, it will be used to compress or expand the character spacing. (
%/FONT
11,105;
will compress the 10 CPI font to 10.5 CPI without changing the size of the characters).
Pitch 5 CPI Fonts
Pitch 8 CPI Fonts
Pitch 10 CPI Fonts
FGID
244
245
266
41
42
43
46
60
30
38
39
40
13
18
19
20
3
5
11
12
IBM Font Name
Courier 5
Courier Bold 5
Courier Bold 8
OCR-B
Orator
Courier 10
Prestige Pica
Artisan 10
Courier Italic 10
OCR-A
Pica
Math Symbol 10
Orator Bold
Gothic Bold 10
Gothic Text 10
Roman Text 10
Serif Text 10
Serif Italic 10
Courier Bold 10
Prestige Bold 10
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 253
Pitch 12 CPI Fonts
Pitch 13.3 CPI Fonts
Pitch 15 CPI Fonts
Pitch 17 CPI Fonts
Pitch 18 CPI Fonts
Pitch 20 CPI Fonts
Pitch 25 CPI Fonts
Pitch 26.7 CPI Fonts
204
221
223
225
229
230
84
85
86
87
91
108
110
111
112
70
71
72
80
FGID
66
68
69
252
253
254
258
281
289
290
IBM Font Name
Gothic Text 12
Gothic Italic 12
Gothic Bold 12
Serif Text 12
Serif Italic 12
Serif Bold 12
Math Symbol 12
Script
Courier 12
Prestige Elite
Letter Gothic 12
Light Italic 12
Courier Bold 12
Letter Gothic Bold
Prestige Elite Bold
Prestige Elite Italic
Gothic Text 13
Prestige 15
Courier 15
Math Symbol 15
Serif Text 15
Gothic Text 15
Courier 17
Courier Bold 17
Courier 17 (sub/super)
Courier 18
Gothic Text 20
Gothic Text 25
Gothic Text 27
254 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Proportional PSM Fonts
Proportional Typographic Fonts
(Fixed Point Size)
751
1051
1053
1056
1351
1653
2103
FGID
155
158
159
160
162
163
173
175
IBM Font Name
Boldface Italic
Modern
Boldface
Essay
Essay Italic
Essay Bold
Essay Light
Document
Sonoran-Serif 8-pt Roman Medium
Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Medium
Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Bold
Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Italic
Medium
Sonoran-Serif 12-pt Roman Medium
Sonoran-Serif 16-pt Roman Bold
Sonoran-Serif 24-pt Roman Bold
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 255
Proportional Typographic Fonts
(Scalable - User Defined FGIDs)
FGID
3840
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
IBM Font Name
CG Times
CG Times Bold
CG Times Italic
CG Times Bold Italic
CG Omega
CG Omega Bold
CG Omega Italic
CG Omega Bold Italic
Coronet
Clarendon Condensed
Univers Medium
Univers Bold
Univers Medium Italic
Univers Bold Italic
Univers Medium Condensed
Univers Bold Condensed
Univers Medium Condensed Italic
Univers Bold Condensed Italic
Antique Olive
Antique Olive Bold
Antique Olive Italic
Garamond Antiqua
Garamond Halbfett
Garamond Kursiv
Garamond Kursiv Halbfett
Marigold
Albertus Medium
Albertus Extra Bold
Arial
Arial Bold
Arial Italic
Arial Bold Italic
Times New
Times New Bold
Times New Italic
Times New Bold Italic
Symbol
Wingdings
256 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Proportional Typographic Fonts
(Scalable Point Size)
FGID
5687
33601
33719
33729
34103
34123
34231
34251
41783
41803
41911
41931
16971
17079
17099
33335
33355
33463
33483
33591
5707
5815
5835
6199
6219
6327
6347
16951
IBM Font Name
Times Roman
Times Roman Bold
Times Roman Italic
Times Roman Bold Italic
Palatino
Palatino Bold
Palatino Italic
Palatino Bold Italic
Century Schoolbook
Century Schoolbook Bold
Century Schoolbook Italic
Century Schoolbook Bold Italic
Optima
Optima Bold
Optima Italic
Optima Bold Italic
Futura Book
Futura Heavy
Futura Book Italic
Futura Heavy Italic
Helvetica
Helvetica Bold
Helvetica Italic
Helvetica Bold Italic
Cursive
Cursive Bold
Cursive Italic
Cursive Bold Italic
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 257
Appendix E IBM Print Formatting
This appendix provides general parameter information relating to non-IPDS IBM print formatting.
IBM Printer Emulation The following tables display the valid printer emulations that can be used in coax and twinax printer emulations.
Coax Printer
Emulations
Mainframe
Parameter Default Printer
Emulation
Options
Printer Description
IBM 3812 model 2 non-IPDS, page printer PREMUL 3816_cx 3812_cx
*3816_cx IBM 3816 models 01A and 01D non-IPDS, page printer with 5219 diskette
3287_cx
3268_cx
IBM 3287 model 2C, matrix printer
IBM 3268 model 2C, matrix printer
3262_cx
4214_cx
4224_cx
4230_cx
IBM 3262 models 3 and 13, matrix printer
IBM 4214 model 1 matrix printer
IBM 4224 model 2 non-IPDS, matrix printer
IBM 4230 model 201 matrix printer
258 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Twinax Printer
Emulations
AS/400
Parameter
Name
Default
PREMUL 3816_cx
Printer Emulation
Options
3812_tx
3816_tx
4214_tx
5224_tx
5225_tx
5256_tx
4230_tx
5x27_002_TX_KS
5x27_002_ TX_KSSM
5x27_001_ TX
5x27_005_TX
Printer Description
IBM 3812 model 1 and 2 page printer
IBM 3816 models 01S and 01D, page printer with 5219 diskette
IBM 4214 model 2 matrix printer
IBM 5224 models 1 and 2, matrix printer
IBM 5225 models 1 through 4, matrix printer
IBM 5256 models 1 through 3, matrix printer
IBM 4230 model 101 matrix printer
5x27 002 Twinax printer: Korean (KS)
5x27 002 Twinax printer: Korean (KSSM)
5x27 001 Twinax printer: Japanese
5x27 005 Twinax printer: Chinese
System Languages The following tables describe the valid system languages that can be used in coax and twinax mode.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 259
Coax mode
Mainframe
Parameter
Name
Default Value Description
SYSL 37 US English *37 US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian Bilingual
260
273
274
275
277
278
280
281
282
284
285
Canadian French
Austrian/German
Belgian
Brazilian
Value
286
Danish/Norwegian
Swedish/Finnish
Italian
Japanese English
Portuguese 892
Spanish and Spanish Speaking 893
UK English USER
297
361
500
871
287
288
289
293
User defined system language
Austrian/German Alternate
Danish/Norwegian Alternate
Swedish/Finnish Alternate
Spanish
APL
French Azerty
International Typographic
Internat. Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual
Icelandic
OCR-A
OCR-B
Twinax mode
AS/400
Parameter
Name
Default Value Description
SYSL 37 US English * 37 US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian Bilingual
256 New Spanish Word Processing
273 Austrian/German
274 Belgian
275 Brazilian
277 Danish/Norwegian
278 Swedish/Finnish
280 Italian
Value User defined system language
281
282
284
285
297
500
871
USER
Japanese English
Portuguese
Spanish and Spanish Speaking
UK English
French Azerty
Internat. Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual
Icelandic
260 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Notes:
• For other languages the USER language can be used and edited.
• To find out which system language you are running type:
DSPSYSVAL SYSVAL(QCHRID) on the command line and press Enter . The Code page value is the value of the system language (see the table above).
• Visit the Axis web site at http://www.axis.com/ for more information on how to edit the character translation tables
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 261
Page Formats You can configure the formats for each paper bin separately from the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e internal web pages.
Click admin | IBM Emulators | Detailed View for SCS/3270DS
Common Emulator Settings. Select the Page Format tab to configure the parameters described below. Click OK at the bottom of the page to save your settings to the print server.
Paper Size The parameters take two values, orientation and paper size. The following tables describe the paper sizes that can be used in coax and twinax mode.
Parameters Default
BIN1 - BIN 6,
MANUAL,
ENVELOPE,
CONTINUOUS
LETTER
Printer Emulation
Options
EXEC
LETTER
LEGAL
A4
A3
B4
MON
C10
DL
CUSTOM
Printer Description
7.25
8.5
8.5
210
×
×
×
10.5 inches
11 inches
14 inches
×
297 mm
(8.27 11.69 inches)
297
×
420 mm
(11.69 16.54 inches)
250
×
353 mm
(10.12 14.33 inches)
3.8
×
7.5 inches
(Monarch envelopes)
4.1
×
9.4 inches
(COM-10 envelopes)
4.3
×
8.6 inches
(DL envelopes)
User defined size (see
AXIS Network Print
Server Technical
Reference for details)
262 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Paper Orientation The following table describes the valid paper options:
Parameters Default
BIN1 - BIN 6,
MANUAL,
ENVELOPE,
CONTINUOUS
COR
Printer Emulation
Options
COR
Printer Description
PORT
LAND
Computer Output
Reduction (COR) is enabled.
Use portrait as default print orientation.
Use landscape as default print orientation
Note:
COR printouts require a Laser Printer with the following characteristics:
• Landscape orientation.
• Vertically compressed to 70%.
• Horizontally compressed by using a font of higher character density.
• Top and left margins of 0.5 inches each by default.
ASCII Printer Driver This parameter should match the printer type you have connected to your AXIS 5470e/570/670e. Select the correct printer type from the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e internal web pages.
Click admin | IBM Emulators | Detailed View for SCS/IPDS
Emulator Configuration. Select the desired emulator tab and scroll down to the Printer Driver parameter. Click OK at the bottom of the page to save your settings to the print server.
The table below describes the available printer emulation options:
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 263
Parameter Default
PRDRIVER PCL5
Printer Emulation
Options
GENERIC
PCL5
PCL4
IBM_PRO
EPSON_FX
EPSON_LQ
USER
Epson 15
Printer Description
Generic Printer Driver
PCL5 printer
PCL4 printer
IBM Proprinter
Epson FX
Epson LQ
Editable Printer Driver.
Epson FX 15 CPZ
Notes:
• If you wish to edit the control sequences within a printer driver, the USER driver must be selected. See AXIS Network Print Server Technical Reference for details. The Technical Reference is available on the AXIS Product CD.
• AXIS 570/670e: The printer driver chosen for the AXIS 570/670e is common to the parallel ports and the serial port. It is not possible to configure different drivers for each port.
264 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Overview 265
Appendix F IPDS Overview
This section describes:
•IPDS parameter settings
•IPDS fonts
IPDS Parameter Settings
Before printing IPDS data streams, the basic parameters should be set.
This is done from the AXIS 5470e/570/670e web pages under IBM
Emulators | Detailed view (IBM IPDS Emulator Settings) where you can configure the common parameters of the IPDS emulator and IBM
Emulators | Detailed view (SCS/IPDS Emulator Configurations) where you can configure the settings for each session.
IPDS System Languages
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e must be set up for the System Language of your IBM system configuration in order to obtain the correct characters in each specific language. This is done from the IBM
Emulators | Detailed view (SCS/IPDS Emulator Configurations) page.
The default selection is US English (Code Page 37).
The following table describes the valid IPDS system languages:
Code page
*37
256
259
260
273
274
System language
US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian
Bilingual
International set 1
Symbols set 7
Canadian French
Austrian/German
Belgian
266 Appendix F: IPDS Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
281
282
284
285
275
277
278
280
286
287
288
Brazilian
Danish/Norwegian
Swedish/Finnish
Italian
Japanese English
Portuguese
Spanish and Spanish Speaking
UK English
Austrian/German Alternate
Danish/Norwegian Alternate
Swedish/Finnish Alternate
424
437
500
803
870
871
880
892
893
1026
297
361
420
423
Code page
289
290
293
System language
Spanish Alternate
Japanese-Katakana
APL
French Azerty
International Typographic
Arabic Bilingual
Greek 183
Hebrew
Multinational
Internationa, Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual
Hebrew Character Set A
Latin 2 Multilingual
Icelandic
Cyrillic Multilingual
OCR-A
OCR-B
Latin 5
The Euro character is implemented in the Code Pages 1140 - 1149:
Code page
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
System language - Latin 1 EBCDIC Publishing
US English, Canadian English, Canadian French,
Netherlands, Brazil, Portugal
Austrian, German
Danish, Norwegian
Finnish, Swedish
Italian
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Overview 267
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
Castilian Spanish, Latin, American Spanish
UK English
French
Multinational ECECP, Belgian, French, Belgian Dutch,
Switzerland
Icelandic
Code page
858
860
861
863
865
1004
819
1252
System language - Latin 1 ASCII
Multinational PC with Euro
Portuguese (Primary = 850)
Icelandic (Primary = 850)
Canadian French (Primary = 850)
Nordic (Primary = 850)
IBM PC Desktop Publishing
ISO Latin 1
Windows Latin 1
Code page
852
912
853
905
1069
914
857
920
1026
System language - Latin 2/3/4/5
EBCDIC and ASCII
Croatian, Czech, East German, Hungarian, Polish,
Romanian, Slovak, Slovenian
Latin 2 ISO/ ANSI 8 Bit
Latin 3 Multilingual PC
Latin 3 Multilingual
Latin 4 EBCDIC
Latin 4 ISO/ASCII
Latin 5 PC
Latin 5 ISO/ANSI 8 Bit
Latin 5
Code page
923
924
System language - Latin 9 EBCDIC and ASCII
Latin 9
Latin 9 EBCDIC
268 Appendix F: IPDS Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
IPDS Configuration The basic IPDS parameters are set from the IBM Emulators |
Detailed view (IBM IPDS Emulator Settings) page:
Enter the configuration settings for the parameters described below.
When you are finished, click OK at the bottom of the page to save your settings to the print server.
True Color Support The Color Support setting determines how color information is to be interpreted. Enabled means that color commands are sent to the printer. Disabled means that color information is converted to blackand-white patterns.
The default setting is Disabled .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Overview 269
Duplex Support The Duplex Support setting determines whether duplex support for the attached printer shall be reported to the host. Enabled means that duplex commands are transferred to the printer. Disabled means that duplex printing is not supported.
The default setting is Disabled .
Optimize Duplex Use this option to optimize duplex print jobs. Optimization means that sheets are printed in simplex if the reverse side of the sheet is empty, resulting in higher throughput.
Note:
Some printers will internally turn the sheet upside down when duplex is used. this may cause undesired effects when using pre-printed forms. Setting this parameter to No will force the entire job to be printed in duplex mode
N-up The N-up parameter defines if 1, 2 or 4 pages in your document are to be printed on each physical page.
Default output bin This selection defines which output paper bin should be used as default.
The default selection is Bin 1 .
Default input bin This selection defines which input paper bin should be used as default.
The default selection is Bin 1 .
IPDS bin 1-5 The physical paper size selection must match the actual paper size you are using for Bin 1-5. The predefined sizes are Statement, Ledger, Folio,
Hagaki, Executive, Letter, Legal, A4 and A3.
The default size is A4.
If you are using another paper format, select Custom. This selection requires that you define the paper size by setting the parameters
Physical Paper Width and Physical Paper Length to the appropriate values.
270 Appendix F: IPDS Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
IPDS PostScript
Configuration
Click the IPDS PostScript Driver Settings tab and enter the configuration settings for the parameters as described below. When you are finished, click OK at the bottom of the page to save your settings to the print sever.
Loaded Font
Smoothing
A downloaded 240 dpi font may appear jagged when printed on a 300 dpi printer. The AXIS 5470e/570/670e uses a font smoothing feature to enhance the appearance of these fonts. The font smoothing may be disabled if you want to speed up the font loading or if your printer has insufficient PostScript virtual memory.
Loaded font smoothing is Enabled by default.
Note:
Font smoothing is optimized for printers with 300 dpi resolution. If your printer has a resolution of 600 dpi or higher, the smoothing effect will be less significant. In these cases we recommend that you disable the font smoothing to avoid reduction in the performance.
PostScript Error
Handler
Use this parameter to download a PostScript Error Handler to the printer at power on. Once downloaded, the Error Handler will print an error message if a PostScript error occurs.
The Error Handler is Disabled by default.
Optimize Overlays Enabling this parameter will activate an overlay optimization feature resulting in faster throughput when using host downloaded overlays.
Enabling this feature will require more free Postscript Virtual Memory in the printer.
Virtual
Memory Kb
This value defines how much memory the AXIS 5470e/570/670e can use in the PostScript printer for storing resources.
The default value is 2000 kbytes.
PostScript bin 1-5
Map each PostScript bin (1-5) to a bin number or choose Default .
Enter the desired values in the Horizontal scale factor , Vertical scale factor , Horizontal offset and Vertical offset fields.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Overview 271
PostScript output bin settings
These parameters are for mapping the IPDS bin numbers to the bin numbers of the connected postscript printer.
IPDS PCL
Configuration
Click the IPDS PCL Driver Settings tab and enter the configuration settings for the parameters as described below. When you are finished, click OK at the bottom of the page to save your settings to the print sever.
Language version Select the correct PCL language version depending on your connected printer.
Symbol set Select the preferred symbol set from the drop-down list. The default and recommended value is AUTOMATIC . The print server will automatically select the appropriate symbol set.
PCL bin 1-5 Define the positioning by setting the parameters Horizontal Offset and Vertical Offset to the desired values.
PCL Output Bin These parameters are for mapping the IPDS bin numbers to the bin numbers of the connected PCL printer.
IPDS Fonts
This section describes how IPDS fonts are handled by the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. There are two different approaches to font handling:
• downloading fonts from the host.
• using fonts that are already resident in the printer.
Both methods are supported by the AXIS 5470e/570/670e.
272 Appendix F: IPDS Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Host Downloaded fonts
IPDS provides functions for downloading fonts from the host computer. The font resolutions of 240, 300 and 600 dpi are automatically converted by AXIS 5470e/570/670e to the resolution of the attached printer.
Note:
AS/400 downloaded fonts requires [AFP = *YES] in the AS/400 device description.
Printer Resident Fonts
The rest of this section deals with printer resident fonts. The nonstandard PostScript fonts are resident in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
(OCR-B is one example), so you do not need font cards etc. to use the listed fonts.
In IPDS mode, printer resident fonts can be selected by the system referring to the FGID (Font Global IDentifier) and FW (Font
Width). AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports a large set of resident fonts.
Note:
(IBM Mainframe only) For PSF systems, resident fonts need to be mapped to the host font name and code page. In PSF/MVS, this is done using the APSRMARK utility and in PSF/VM using the APRFTBLV (RSCS) or APRFTIDB files. For more information, refer to the PSF/MVS and PSF/VM manuals.
The FGIDs are grouped according to the following table:
FGID (hex)
0001 - 0041
0042 - 0099
009A - 00C8
00C9 - 00D2
00D3 - 00EF
00F0 - 00F7
00F8 - 0103
FGID (dec)
1 -65
66 - 153
154 - 200
201 - 210
208 - 239
240 - 247
248 - 259
TYPE
10 CPI
12 CPI
Proportional PSM
13 CPI
15 CPI
5 CPI
17 CPI
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Overview 273
0104 - 0111
0112 - 0117
0118 - 011B
011C - 0120
0121 - 012B
012C - 01FF
260 - 273
274 - 279
280 - 283
284 - 288
289 - 299
300 - 511
8 CPI
17 CPI
20 CPI
25 CPI
27 CPI
10 CPI
FGID (hex)
0200 - 0EFF
0F00 - 0FFF
1000 - FFFE
FGID (dec)
512 - 3839
3840 - 4095
4096 - 65534
TYPE
Typographic
User Defined Fonts
Typographic
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports extended font mapping at
PostScript level, making it possible to redefine any of the FGIDs.
Immediate Font Substitutions
Certain FGIDs will be immediately substituted by the AXIS
5470e/570/670e. The substitution table depends on the selected IBM printer emulation.
Unsupported Fonts
A selection of an unsupported FGID value will result in a substitution to a default font. The AXIS 5470e/570/670e uses the same default fonts as the emulated IBM printers.
274 Appendix F: IPDS Overview AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Typographical Fonts
This section deals with font width selections for typographical
(proportional pitch) fonts.
Note that when an unsupported typographical font (FGID range 512
- 65534) is selected, the resulting font will be a fixed pitch and the selected font width value will be ignored.
Default Font Width When the default font width is selected, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e will set a font width in one of the following ways depending on the selected IBM printer emulation:
IBM 4028/4332 The font width is set to 67 (corresponding to a 10 point font).
IBM 3812/3816 The font width is set to the smallest available value for the selected
FGID. For FGID 16951 (Century Schoolbook), the resulting font width is 102 (12 points), and for FGID 5687 (Times Roman), the resulting font width is 40 (6 points).
Scalable Fonts If the selected font width (point size) is not available for the selected
FGID, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e will set a point size in one of the following ways depending on the font:
Times Roman,
Helvetica and Century
Schoolbook
The font width value is converted to a point size used to dynamically scale the selected font. This means that you have a completely free choice of point sizes (only limited by the host application) when printing with these fonts.
Any other typographical font
The nearest smaller available font width for the selected FGID will be used. If a smaller font width is not available, the nearest larger font width will be used.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix G: DBCS Support 275
Appendix G DBCS Support
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports Double-Byte Character Set
(DBCS) for SNA and TN5250E printing. This facilitates printing from an IBM AS/400 host system for languages employing double-byte character sets.
The following Chinese, Japanese and Korean DBCS tables are used in the AXIS 5470e/570/670e:
Country
Korea (KS)
Korea (KSSM)
Japan
China
Printer Emulation
5x27_002_TX_KS
5x27_002_TX_KSSM
5x27_001_TX
5x27_005_TX
Character Table
KS
KSSM
Shift - JIS
GB
AXIS 5470e/570/670e Double-byte Character Tables
Important !
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e supports SNA DBCS printing in IBM
5494 emulation only.
Configuring the AS/400 Host, 5494 CU mode
Follow the instructions below to configure the AS/400 Host for
DBCS support:
1. Type WRKSYSVAL on the AS/400 command line and press
Enter .
2. Check that the DBCS version installed indicator (QIGC) sysval is set to 1 (on).
3. Check that the QIGCCDEFNT sysval is set to a DBCS font installed in the system.
4. Proceed with the steps detailed in The AS/400 Host System
Checklist, on page 46.
276 Appendix G: DBCS Support AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Configuring the AXIS 5470e/570/670e
A number of printer emulations exist for DBCS printing. To set the correct system language and printer driver, refer to the tables below and enter the values in the IBM Configuration Wizard.
Country
Korea (KS)
Korea (KSSM)
Japan
China
Printer Emulation
5x27_002_TX_KS
5x27_002_TX_KSSM
5x27_001_TX
5x27_005_TX
System Language
833
833
290
836
Printer Emulation and System Language for Country options
Country
Korea (KS)
Korea (KSSM)
Japan
China
Taiwan
PCL Printer Driver Matrix Printer Driver
Epson LQ KS
PCL5
None
None
Epson LQ 1600K
Epson LQ 1600K
1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e in the location field and press the Enter key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e will appear.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix G: DBCS Support 277
Note :
To protect the admin pages and the Configuration Wizard from unauthorized use, enter a password (default Pass) in the Root Password field under admin | General Settings .
3. Click the Configuration Wizard for IBM sessions button.
4. Click the Add Session button. This will start the Configuration
Wizard which is a step-by-step guide through the required IBM configuration settings.
Note:
Default fonts will be changed when switching printer emulations.
278 Appendix G: DBCS Support AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Verifying the Communications Link
Having configured the AS/400 host AXIS 5470e/570/670e in accordance with the above, verify that the communications link is functioning correctly by following instructions 1-4 detailed in
Verifying the Communication Link, on page 53.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix G: DBCS Support 279
Amending Device Features
After automatic setup, it may be necessary to change the Device features and Last Code Point of the printer device. Failure to do so may cause corruption within your print data.
Follow the instructions below, to set the appropriate Device features and Last Code Point for your chosen printer device:
1. Make sure that the writer is stopped by typing ENDWTR xxxxPRT01 on the AS/400 command line, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.
2. Type VRYCFG CFGOBJ(xxxxPRT01) CFGTYPE(*DEV)
STATUS(*OFF) to vary off the printer device, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.
3. Type CHGDEVPRT xxxxPRT01 to change the printer device name, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press F4.
4. Under DBCS Feature (IGCFEAT) amend the Device Features and Last Code Point to the appropriate value corresponding to the country language.
Country
Korea
Japan
China
Device features
2424K1
2424J1
2424S1
Last Code Point
D3FE
68FE
6FFE
Device features and Last Code Point for Country options
5. Type VRYCFG CFGOBJ(xxxxPRT01) CFGTYPE(*DEV)
STATUS(*ON) on the AS/400 command line to vary on the printer device, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name.
Press ENTER.
6. Type STRPRTWTR xxxxPRT01 to start the Writer, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.
7. Direct a printout to this printer device to confirm that the above changes have been implemented correctly.
280 Appendix G: DBCS Support AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Extended IBM Printer Emulation
Extended emulation will only work in SBCS mode. Before entering extended emulation you will have to change to single byte mode by sending shift in.
<SI>(SCS Shift In Control Code)
%CONFIG+
SAVE;
%CONFIG-
<SO>(SCS Shift Out Control Code)
Example (with DBCS mode before entering extended emulation)
Note:
For more information refer to Appendix C - Extended IBM Printer Emulation
Font Tables
The following tables define the DBCS font types supported in the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e (5494 CU Mode):
50016
50007
50008
50019
50004
50005
DBCS FONTS (Japan)
FGID IBM Font Name
50000 MS Mincho 10 CPI
50001 MS Mincho 10 CPI
50014
50002
50015
50003
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
10 CPI
12 CPI
DBCS FONTS (China)
FGID
50100
50101
50114
50102
12 CPI 50115
13.3 CPI 50103
IBM Font Name
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
13.3 CPI 50116
14.3 CPI 50107
14.3 CPI 50108
14.3 CPI 50119
15 CPI 50104
15 CPI 50105
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix G: DBCS Support 281
50017
50009
50020
50006
50018
50010
50021
500111
50012
50022
50013
50023
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
MS Mincho
15 CPI 50117
17.1 CPI 50109
17.1 CPI 50120
18 CPI 50106
18 CPI 50118
18.9 CPI 50110
18.9 CPI 50121
21.5 CPI 50111
21.5 CPI 50112
21.5 CPI 50122
25.7 CPI 50113
25.7 CPI 50123
50035
50047
50039
50050
50036
50048
50040
50045
50033
50046
50037
50038
50049
50034
DBCS FONTS (Korea KS)
FGID IBM Font Name
50030 HanYang 10 CPI
50031 HanYang 10 CPI
50044
50032
HanYang
HanYang
10 CPI
12 CPI
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
12 CPI
13.3 CPI
13.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
15 CPI
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
15 CPI
15 CPI
17.1 CPI
17.1 CPI
18 CPI
18 CPI
18.9 CPI
50135
50147
50139
50150
50136
50148
50140
50145
50133
50146
50137
50138
50149
50134
DBCS FONTS (Korea KSSM)
FGID IBM Font Name
50130 Compst 10 CPI
50131 Compst 10 CPI
50144
50132
Compst
Compst
10 CPI
12 CPI
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
12 CPI
13.3 CPI
13.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
14.3 CPI
15 CPI
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
15 CPI
15 CPI
17.1 CPI
17.1 CPI
18 CPI
18 CPI
18.9 CPI
282 Appendix G: DBCS Support AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
50051
50041
50042
50052
50043
50053
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
HanYang
18.9 CPI
21.5 CPI
21.5 CPI
21.5 CPI
25.7 CPI
25.7 CPI
50151
50141
50142
50152
50143
50153
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
Compst
18.9 CPI
21.5 CPI
21.5 CPI
21.5 CPI
25.7 CPI
25.7 CPI
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix H: Digital Copier Support 283
Appendix H Digital Copier Support
Note:
This functionality is supported by the AXIS 5470e Copier model and the AXIS
670e only.
The logical printers support the printing options available on digital copiers and multi-functional printers. It is recommended that you configure the eight logical printers (PR1-PR8) to allow for eight different combinations of the following options to suit your printing needs.
For more information on how to configure the logical printers, please refer to
Using Logical Printers to Customize your Printing on page 215.
The added functionality includes the following options:
Copier Model From the drop-down list of supported copiers, select the digital copier that you have connected the AXIS 5470e/670e to.
Copier Duplex The AXIS 5470e/670e supports duplex printing i.e. printing on both sides of the paper. The options in the drop-down list are:
• Off i.e. the duplex printing option is not activated (default).
• Simplex i.e. printing on one side only.
• Long-edge binding i.e. printing on both sides, long-edge first.
• Short-edge binding i.e. printing on both sides, short-edge first.
Copier Staple The AXIS 5470e/670e supports stapling with the following options:
• Off i.e. the stapling option is not activated (default).
• Top left slant i.e. one staple in a slanted position in the top left corner of the document.
• Top left horizontal i.e. one staple placed horizontally in the top left corner of the document.
• Top left vertical i.e. one staple placed vertically in the top left corner of the document.
• Top 2 i.e. two staples at the top of the document.
• Left 2 i.e. two staples on the left hand side of the document.
284 Appendix H: Digital Copier Support AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
• Center 2 i.e. two staples set in the center of the page. This option is intended for documents printed in A3 format. The staples are placed in the center of the page where the document is to be folded. Please refer to the documentation of your digital copier for more information on these features.
Copier Hole Punch The AXIS 5470e/670e supports hole punching with the following options:
• Off i.e. the hole punching option is not activated (default).
• Long-edge i.e. the left hand side of the document.
• Short-edge i.e. the top of the document.
Copier Paper Source Enter the desired input bin i.e. paper tray on your digital copier
Copier Copies Enter how many collated (sorted) copies you wish to print in the Copies field.
Notes:
• The options are all available in the drop-down lists under Model, Duplex, Staple, Punch, Paper Source and Copies. However, you must refer to the documentation of your specific Digital Copier to check that all the options are supported.
• If you experience problems with this functionality the Digital Copier printing options may have been set inconsistently. Please check your configuration settings and try again.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 285
Appendix A The Parameter List
This appendix provides an overview of the AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameters. Please refer to the AXIS Network Print Server Technical
Reference for a complete description of the parameters. The Technical
Reference is available on the AXIS Product CD. Alternatively, you can access the Axis web site at http://www.axis.com/ where you can download the latest technical information.
The Config File The left-hand column shows the parameters and their default values as they appear in the config file and the right-hand column shows the name of the parameters as they appear in the internal Web pages.
After you have changed them, most parameters take effect for the next print job. If Requires Restart appears in a parameter description, you must restart the AXIS 5470e/570/670e, before the new setting for that parameter takes effect.
Please refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page
169, for more information about how to change the parameters.
--- GENERAL MENU
NODE_ADDR.
NETWORK_SPEED.
PS_NAME.
SYS_LOC.
SYS_CONT.
: 00 40 8C 10 00 86
: AUTO_SENSE
: AXIS1C0028
ROOT_PWD.
USERS.
: pass
:
BASE URL.
: www.axis.com
AXIS Print System.: YES
HP_JETADMIN.
DEF_OUT.
: AUTO_SENSE (AUTO_SENSE, YES, NO)
: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,
PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1)
:
:
Description
Node Address
Autosense, 10 MBIT, 100 MBIT
Name on the label of the print server
Root Password
User and Printer Access List
Base URL
AXIS Print System Support
HP JetAdmin Support
Internal Printout Destination
System Location
System Contact
286 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
--- SNA MENU
SNA_ENB.
: YES
DEVICE_EMUL.
: 3174 (3174, 5494)
SNA_FR_TYPE.
: FR_802_2 (FR_AUTO, FR_802_2, FR_DIX)
NODE_ID.
: E0 7x xx xx
NODE_SAP.
NWORK_NAME.
LU_NAME.
: $4
: APPN
: A xxx xxx
H1_SAP.
H1_ADDR.
: $4
: FF FF FF FF FF FF
H1_NW_NAME.
: APPN
H1_MOD_NAME.
: QRMTWSC
H1_LU_NAME.
SNA_LU1.
SNA_LU2.
SNA_LU3.
: DEFAULT
: NONE, 1
: NONE, 2
: NONE, 3
SNA_LU4.
SNA_LU5.
SNA_LU6.
SNA_LU7.
: NONE, 4
: NONE, 5
: NONE, 6
: NONE, 7
SNA_LU8.
AUTO_DIAL.
DIAL_TIME.
JOB_TIME.
IR_TIME.
: NONE, 8
: NO
: 20
: 10
: 0
SNA_HEXDUMP. : NONE (NONE, PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,
PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8)
--- TN3270E MENU
TN3270E_1.
TN3270E_2.
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 1, AXPR1
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 2, AXPR2
TN3270E_3.
TN3270E_4.
TN3270E_5.
TN3270E_6.
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 3, AXPR3
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4, AXPR4
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 5, AXPR5
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 6, AXPR6
TN3270E_7.
TN3270E_8.
TN3270E_IR.
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 7, AXPR7
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 8, AXPR8
: 0
Description
SNA Protocol Enabled
Control Unit Device Emulation
SNA Ethernet Frame Type
Node Identifier (IDBLK/IDNUM value), where x xx xx are the five last digits of the print server’s serial number.
Node Service Access Point
Node network Name
Node Logical Unit Name, where xxx xxx are the last six digits of the print server’s serial number in reverse order.
Host Service Access point
Host MAC Address
Host Network Name
Host Mode Name
Host Logical Unit Name
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
AS/400 Logical Unit 1 Data stream, IBM emulator number
Automatic Link Establishment
Link Establishment Retry Time
Job Separation Time-out
Intervention Required Time-out
SNA Hexdump Destination
TN3270E Session #1 Setup
TN3270E Session #2 Setup
TN3270E Session #3 Setup
TN3270E Session #4 Setup
TN3270E Session #5 Setup
TN3270E Session #6 Setup
TN3270E Session #7 Setup
TN3270E Session #8 Setup
Intervention Required Time-out
--- TN5250E MENU
TN5250E_1.
TN5250E_2.
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 1, AXPR1
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 2, AXPR2
TN5250E_3.
TN5250E_4.
TN5250E_5.
TN5250E_6.
TN5250E_7.
TN5250E_8.
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 3, AXPR3
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4, AXPR4
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 5, AXPR5
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 6, AXPR6
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 7, AXPR7
: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 8, AXPR8
TN5250E Session #1 Setup
TN5250E Session #2 Setup
TN5250E Session #3 Setup
TN5250E Session #4 Setup
TN5250E Session #5 Setup
TN5250E Session #6 Setup
TN5250E Session #7 Setup
TN5250E Session #8 Setup
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 287
--- TCP/IP MENU
TCP_ENB.
INT_ADDR.
DEF_ROUT.
: YES
: 0 0 0 0
: 0 0 0 0
NET_MASK.
: 0 0 0 0
PROS_PWD.
PROS_PRT.
LPD_BANN.
DHCP_ENB.
BOOTP_ENB.
RARP_ENB.
WINS_ENB.
: netprinter
: 35
: OFF (OFF, AUTO, LAST)
: YES
: YES
: YES
: YES
WINS_ADDR1.
WINS_ADDR2.
NBT_SCOPE ID. :
: 0 0 0 0
: 0 0 0 0
DNS_ENB.: YES
DNS_ADDR1.
:0 0 0 0
DNS_ADDR1.
: 0 0 0 0
DOMAIN_NAME
SLP_SCOPE_LIST.: Default
RTN_OPT.
: NO
PPR_PRSTAT.
: NO
RTN_PR1.
RTN_PR2.
RTN_PR3.
RTN_PR4.
RTN_PR5.
RTN_PR6.
RTN_PR7.
RTN_PR8.
: 5001, IPDS, 1 (IPDS option only)
: 0, ASCII, 1(Non-IPDS option only)
: 5002, IPDS, 2 (IPDS option only)
: 0, ASCII, 2(Non-IPDS option only)
: 5003, IPDS, 3 (IPDS option only)
: 0, ASCII, 3(Non-IPDS option only)
: 5011, SCS, 4
: 5012, SCS, 5
: 5013, SCS, 6
: 0, ASCII, 7
: 0, ASCII, 8
TCP/IP Enabled
Internet Address
Default Router Address
(0.0.0.0 for no router)
Net Mask
(e.g. 255.255.255.0 for class C, 0.0.0.0 for auto-sense)
PROS Password
PROS TCP Port Number
LPD Banner Page Mode
DHCP Enabled
BOOTP Enabled
RARP Enabled
WINS Enabled
Primary WINS server Address
Secondary WINS server Address
NBT Scope ID
(Defines the NetBIOS scope to be used with WINS name registration)
Domain Name Server enabled
The IP address of the primary DNS server. Used e.g. for setting up destinations with names instead of IP addresses.
The IP address of the secondary DNS server, if the primary is unavailable or disconnected.
Specifies the name of the domain to which the print server belongs
Defines the SLP scope to which the AXIS 5470e/570/670e belongs.
Reverse Telnet Options Enabled
Generates printer status report if enabled
PR1 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR2 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR3 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR4 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR5 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR6 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR7 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
PR8 Reverse Telnet Port Number, data stream and emulator
--SNMP MENU
READ_COM.
WRT_COM.
: public
: pass
TRAPADDR.
TRAP_COM.
SYS_NAME.
SNMP_AUT.
TRAP_PRT.
: 0 0 0 0
: public
:
: DISABLE
: DISABLE
(DISABLE, ENABLE)
(DISABLE, ENABLE)
Read Community
Read/Write Community
Trap Address
Trap Community
System Name
Authentication Failure Trap
Printer Failure Trap
288 Appendix A: The Parameter List
--NETWARE MENU
NETW_ENB.
: YES
NETW_TRANSPORT_PROTOCOL.
JOB_CHECK_DELAY.
: 5
CONF_CHECK_DELAY.
: 300
FR_802_3.
FR_ETH_2.
FR_802_2.
: YES
: YES
: YES
FR_SNAP.
NCP_BURST_MODE.
: YES
: YES
PSERVER_NDS_ TREE :
PSERVER_NDS_FILESERVER:
PSERVER_NDS_DISTINGUISHED _NAME:
PSERVER_BINDERY1.
PSERVER_BINDERY2.
PSERVER_BINDERY3.
PSERVER_BINDERY4.
PSERVER_BINDERY5.
PSERVER_BINDERY6.
PSERVER_BINDERY7.
PSERVER_BINDERY8.
PSERVER_BINDERY9.
PSERVER_BINDERY10.
PSERVER_BINDERY11.
PSERVER_BINDERY12.
PSERVER_BINDERY13.
PSERVER_BINDERY14.
PSERVER_BINDERY15.
PSERVER_BINDERY16.
NPRINTER1.
NPRINTER2.
NPRINTER3.
NPRINTER4.
NPRINTER5.
NPRINTER6.
NPRINTER7.
NPRINTER8.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
NetWare Enabled
IPX_ONLY, IP_ONLY, DUAL_STACK
Job Check Delay
(Print Server queue polling interval)
Configuration Check Delay
(Interval between automatic configuration checks)
IEEE 802.3 Frame Type Enabled
Ethernet II Frame Type Enabled
IEEE 802.2 Frame Type Enabled
SNAP Frame Type Enabled
NCP Burst Mode Enabled (Requires Restart)
The PSERVER_NDS parameters specify which NDS tree or file server the
AXIS 5470e/570/670e will login to. It also specifies the path to the print server object in the tree.
PSERVER Bindery 1 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 2 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 3 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 4 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 5 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 6 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 7 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 8 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 9 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 10 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 11 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 12 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 13 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 14 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 15 (Bindery file server name)
PSERVER Bindery 16 (Bindery file server name)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 1 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 2 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 3 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 4 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 5 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 6 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 7 (Print Server name and slot number)
NPRINTER/RPRINTER 8 (Print Server name and slot number)
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 289
--NetBIOS/NetBEUI MENU
LSLM_ENB.
NB_FR_TYPE.
: YES
: FR_AUTO (FR_AUTO, FR_802_2, FR_DIX)
LPRINT_1.
LLOGIC_1.
LPRINT_2.
LLOGIC_2.
LPRINT_3.
LLOGIC_3.
LPRINT_4.
LLOGIC_4.
LPRINT_5.
LLOGIC_5.
LPRINT_6.
LLOGIC_6.
LPRINT_7.
LLOGIC_7.
: AX100086.LP1
: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR2 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR3 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR4 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR5 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR6 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
LPRINT_8.
LLOGIC_8.
: PR7 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
:
: PR8 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,
PR8, LPT1)
NetBIOS/NetBEUI Enabled
NetBIOS Frame Type (Requires Restart)
Name Printer 1 (100086 are the last six characters of the serial number)
Logical Printer for Printer 1
Name Printer 2
Logical Printer for Printer 2
Name Printer 3
Logical Printer for Printer 3
Name Printer 4 Name
Logical Printer for Printer 4
Name Printer 5
Logical Printer for Printer 5
Name Printer 6
Logical Printer for Printer 6
Name Printer 7
Logical Printer for Printer 7
Name Printer 8
Logical Printer for Printer 8
--- APPLETALK MENU
ATLK_ENB.
: YES
ATK_ZONE.
ZONER_EN.
ATK_FONT.
:
: YES
: DEFAULT (DEFAULT, 35N, ALL)
APRINT_1.
ATYPE_1.
: AXIS100086_LPT1
: LaserWriter
ALOGIC_1.
: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,
PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1)
BINARY_TYPE_1.: TBCP (TBCP, BCP, NONE)
APRINT_2.
: AXIS100086_2
ATYPE_2.
:
ALOGIC_2.
: PR2 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,
PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1)
BINARY_TYPE_2.: TBCP (TBCP, BCP)
AppleTalk Enabled
AppleTalk Zone
HP Zoner Enabled
Font
(PostScript Font Set)
Name Printer 1 (100086 are the last six digits of the serial number)
Type Printer 1
Logical Printer for Printer
Binary Protocol (Type of Binary Communication Protocol used)
Name Printer 2
Type Printer 2
Logical Printer for Printer 2
Binary Protocol (Type of Binary Communication Protocol used)
290 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
--PRINTERxMENU (x = printers 1 to 8)
PRx_IN.
: AUTO (AUTO, NONE,)
PRx_BEF.
PRx_STR.
PRx_CSET.
PRx_FILT.
PRx_AFT.
PRx_DUMP.
PRx_SIZE.
PRx_ORNT.
PRx_FORM.
PRx_FONT.
PRx_DC_MOD.
PRx_OFF_DUP.
: OFF
PRx_DC_STAP.
: OFF
PRx_DC_PUNCH. : OFF
PRx_DC_TRAY.
: DEFAULT
PRx_DC_COP.
:
:
: NONE
: NONE
(NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,
7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM)
(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)
:
: NO
: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)
: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)
: 66 0 100 60 30 50
:
: NONE
: 1
Description
PRx Read Back Port
(Read-Back of information)
PRx String Before Print Job
PRx String Substitutions
PRx Character Set Conversion
PRx Printer Language Translation
PRx String After Print Job
PRx Hex Dump Mode Enabled
PRx PostScript Page Size
PRx PostScript Page Orientation
PRx PostScript Page Format
(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)
PRx PostScript Font
(Courier when not specified)
PRx Digital copier model
(Digital Copier model only)
PRx Digital copier duplex printing
(Digital Copier model only)
PRx Digital copier stapling
(Digital Copier model only)
PRx Digital copier hole punching
(Digital Copier model only)
PRx Digital copier input bin
(Digital Copier model only)
PRx Digital copier. Number of collated copies
(Digital Copier model only)
--OUTPUT MENU
L1_CENTR.
L1_BSYTM.
: HISPEED (IBM_PC, STNDRD, FAST, HISPEED)
: 60
L1_MGM_INFO.
: AUTO (DISABLE, AUTO)
L1_COMMENT.
L1_BIDIR.
: Optional
Centronics Interface Timing LPT1
Busy Status Time-Out LPT1
(All status reporting disabled if set to 0)
Printer Management Information LPT1
Optional user comment describing the printer at LPT1
Bi-directional mode
--IBM IPDS Configuration (IPDS option only)
IPDS_COLSUP.
: Disabled
IPDS__DUPSUP. : Enabled
IPDS__OPTDUP. : Enabled
IPDS__NUP.
IPDS__DOB.
: 1-UP (1-UP, 2-UP, 4-UP)
IPDS__DIB.
IPDS__BIN1.
IPDS__BIN2.
IPDS__BIN3.
IPDS__BIN4.
IPDS_BIN5.
IPDS True Color Support
IPDS Start of Job Sequence
IPDS End of Job Sequence
Sets printing option of 1,2 or 4 pages on each printed page
Default Output bin
Default Input bin
IPDS Bin 1 Settings
IPDS Bin 2 Settings
IPDS Bin 3 Settings
IPDS Bin 4 Settings
IPDS Bin 5 Settings
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 291
--IBM IPDS PostScript Driver (IPDS option only)
PS_LFSM.
: Enabled
PS_ERRH.
PS_OPTOVL.
PS_VM.
PS_BIN1.
: Disabled
: Enabled
: 2000
: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
PS_BIN2.
PS_BIN3.
: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
PS_BIN4.
PS_BIN5.
PS_DEST.
: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
: 0 0 0 0
Load Font Smoothing
Post Script Error Handler
Optimize Overlay Handling
Virtual Memory (KBytes)
PostScript Bin 1 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)
PostScript Bin 2 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)
PostScript Bin 3 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)
PostScript Bin 4 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)
PostScript Bin 5 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)
Map the IPDS bin numbers to the bin numbers of the connected
PostScript printer.
292 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
--IBM IPDS PCL Driver Settings
PCL_VER.
: PCL5 (PCL3, PCL4, PCL5)
PCL_SBSET.
: AUTOMATIC
PCL_BIN1.
PCL_BIN2.
PCL_BIN3.
PCL_BIN4.
PCL_BIN5.
PCL_DEST.
: 8, 0, 0
: 1, 0, 0
: 4, 0, 0
: 5, 0, 0
: 0, 0, 0
: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
--IBM EMULATOR x (x=1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)
IPDS_PREMULx.
: IPDS_4332
IPDS_SYSLx.
: 37
: PostScript IPDS_PDx.
IPDS_SOJSx.
IPDS_EOJSx.
PREMULx.
SYSLx.
PASSTHRx.
MPLx.
: 3816_CX
: 37
: NO
: 66, ENA
MPPx.
LPIx.
CPIx.
DCPIx.
AUTORIx.
LMx.
TMx.
LDSFx.
DEFBINx.
PRDRIVERx.
: 132, ENA
: 6
: 10
: 5.0
: YES
: 0, 0, 48
: 26, 26, 74
: 100, 100, 70
: BIN1
: PCL5
--IBM SCS Page Format
PCORI.
: NO
DWSISO.
BIN1.
: NO
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
BIN2.
BIN3.
BIN4.
BIN5.
BIN6.
MANUAL.
ENVELOPE.
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
CONTINUOUS.
: COR; LETTER, 0, 0
SIMBF.
: YES
PCL version
PCL subset
Define the positioning by setting the parameters.
Define the positioning by setting the parameters.
Define the positioning by setting the parameters.
Define the positioning by setting the parameters.
Define the positioning by setting the parameters.
Map the IPDS bin numbers to the bin numbers of the connected PCL printer.
Description
IPDS Printer Emulation
System language
IPDS Printer Driver
IPDS Start of Job Sequence
IPDS End of Job Sequence
SCS Printer Emulation
SCS System Language
SCS Pass through
SCS Maximum page length
SCS Maximum print position
SCS Lines per inch
SCS Characters per inch
SCS Double byte characters per inch
SCS Automatic Orientation
SCS Left margin
SCS Top margin
SCS Line density scale factor
SCS Default Input Bin
Printer Driver
PC Orientation in Landscape
Double width Shift in/shift out
BIN1 Orientation and paper size
BIN2 Orientation and paper size
BIN3 Orientation and paper size
BIN4 Orientation and paper size
BIN5 Orientation and paper size
BIN6 Orientation and paper size
Manual feed orientation and paper size
Envelope orientation and paper size
Continuous feed orientation and paper size
Simulated boldface
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 293
--IBM SCS CPI MAPPING
FGID_CPI5.
FGID_CPI10.
: 244, 11
: 11 204
FGID_CPI12.
FGID_CPI15.
: 86, 230
: 230, 281
FGID_CPI17.
: 252, 281
FGID_CPI8COR.
: 86
FGID_CPI20COR. : 281
FGID_CPI25COR. : 289
FGID_CPI27COR. : 290
PROPOCOR.
TYPOCOR.
: 230
: 230
5 CPI FGID and 5 CPI COR FGID definition
10 CPI FGID and 10 CPI COR FGID definition
12 CPI FGID and 12 CPI COR FGID definition
15 CPI FGID and 15 CPI COR FGID definition
17 CPI FGID and 17 CPI COR FGID definition
8 CPI COR FGID definition
20 CPI COR FGID definition
25 CPI COR FGID definition
27 CPI COR FGID definition
Proportional COR FGID
Typographical COR FGID
--IBM SCS JOB CONTROL
REINIT.
: YES Re-send Current Settings
--IBM 3270 OPTIONS
CASE.
BASCOL.
: DUAL (DUAL, MONO)
: BLACK, ENA
XSTRN.
AUTNL.
ADDNL.
FFWPB.
: 0
: 1
: 1
: 0
FFEOPB.
NULSUP.
FFCPOS.
AFEOPB.
: 1
: 0
: 0
: 0
Case
Base Color
Extended SCS Transparency
Automatic New Line at MPP+1
Additional New Line at MPP+1
Form Feed within Print Buffer
Form Feed at End of Print Buffer
Null Suppression
Form Feed Command position
Auto Func after End of Print Buffer.
--IBM SCS EXTENDED EMULATION
XEMUL.
: YES
WARN.
SSUBST.
: NO
: YES
SBTS.
TLIS.
TTRS.
FLIS.
EECS.
COBXEM.
CCLIS.
:
: 025 03C
: 03E 025
: 025 02F
: 025 041 058 049 053
: SETALL (OFF, SETESC, SETALL)
: 025 050
Extended Emulation Status
Warning Switch
Extended Emulation String Substitution
Single Byte Transparency Sequence
Transparency Lead-in Sequence
Transparency Trailer Sequence
Function Mode Lead-in Sequence
Extended Emulation Mode Control Sequence
Cobra Extended Emulation Mode
Cobra Config Lead-in Sequence
--- UDS
------User Defined String Definitions
--- BAR
CHECK-MODE
NUMBER
--------
TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT TEXT-MODE
Bar Code Definitions
294 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
--- SSTR
-------Substitution String Definitions
--- MSTR
-------Match String Definitions
--IBM PRINTER DRIVER
PRDRIVERBASE.
: PCL5
SOJS.
EOJS.
BACKSPS.
CRS.
LFS.
NLS.
FFS.
SOS.
SIS.
BLKS.
GRNS.
BLUS.
REDS.
MAGS.
CYNS.
YELS.
BIN1S.
BIN2S.
BIN3S.
BIN4S.
BIN5S.
BIN6S.
MANUALS.
ENVELOPES.
CONTINUOUSS.
CSIZS.
LAC.
GRD.
JOGS.
SSUS.
SBSET.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: 08
: 0D
: 0A
:
:
: 0D 0A
: 0C
: 1B 26 6C 31 48
: 1B 26 6C 34 48
: 1B 26 6C 35 48
: 1B 26 6C 32 30 48
: 1B 26 6C 32 31 48
: 1B 26 6C 32 32 48
: 1B 26 6C 32 48
: 1B 26 6C 36 48
:
: 1B 26 6C 31 48
: HP_PCL (DISABLE, HP_PCL)
: HP_PCL (DISABLE, HP_PCL)
: 1B 26 6C 31 54
:
: PC850 (PC850, ROMAN8, PC437, ECMA94,
USASCII, PC942, PC891, PC903,
PC904, USER)
Printer Driver Selection: (EPSON_FX_15CPI, EPSON_LQ_1600K,
EPSON_LQ_KS, GENERIC, PCL4, PCL5, IBM_PRO, EPSON_FX,
EPSON_LQ)
Start of Job Sequence
End of Job Sequence
Backspace Sequence
Carriage Return Sequence
Line Feed Sequence
New Line Sequence
Form Feed Sequence
Shift Out Sequence
Shift In Sequence
Black Color Sequence
Green Color Sequence
Blue Color Sequence
Red Color Sequence
Magenta Color Sequence
Cyan Color Sequence
Yellow Color Sequence
Bin 1 Select Sequence
Bin 2 Select Sequence
Bin 3 Select Sequence
Bin 4 Select Sequence
Bin 5 Select Sequence
Bin 6 Select Sequence
Manual Bin Select Sequence
Envelope bin Select Sequence
Continuous Select Sequence
Custom Size Sequence
LAC Driver
Gridline Driver
Jog Sequence
Symbol Set User String
Symbol Set
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 295
: 204,
: 221,
: 223,
: 225,
: 229,
: 230,
: 244,
: 245,
: 252,
: 253,
: 254,
: 258,
: 266,
: 281,
: 289,
: 290,
: 85,
: 86,
: 87,
: 91,
: 108,
: 110,
: 111,
: 112,
: 155,
: 158,
: 159,
: 160,
: 162,
: 163,
: 173,
: 175,
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FONT.
: 3, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102 1B 28 31 4F
FONT.
: 5, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 11,
: 12,
: 13,
98,
98,
98,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
100,
100,
100,
0,
0,
0,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 18,
: 19,
: 20,
: 30,
: 38,
: 39,
: 40,
: 41,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
100,
100,
100,
100,
0,
0,
0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 135, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 135, 0,
0,
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4200
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
1B 28 30 4F
: 42,
: 43,
: 46,
: 60,
: 66,
: 68,
: 69,
: 70,
: 71,
: 72,
: 80,
: 84,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
DEFAULT, FIXED,
100,
100,
100,
150,
120,
120,
0,
0,
0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
0,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4102
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
98,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 130, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 130, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
110,
110,
110,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 180, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 233, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 267, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 300, 0,
110,
110,
110,
110,
110,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 167, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 171, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 171, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 220, 0,
DEFAULT, FIXED, 180, 0,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, BOLD , 4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4148
UPRIGHT, LIGHT , 4148
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099
UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4102
296 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FONT.
: 751, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
FONT.
: 1051, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 100, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 1053,
: 1056,
: 1351,
100,
100,
100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
100,
100,
120,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
ITALIC,
4101
MEDIUM, 4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 1653,
: 2103,
: 3840,
: 3845,
100,
100,
100,
: 3841, 100,
: 3842, 100,
: 3843, 100,
: 3844, 100,
100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
160,
240,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
4101
4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4101
ITALIC, BOLD, 4101
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4113
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4113
: 3846,
: 3847,
: 3848,
: 3851,
: 3854,
: 3857,
100,
100,
100,
: 3849, 100,
: 3850, 100,
100,
: 3852, 100,
: 3853, 100,
100,
: 3855, 100,
: 3856, 100,
100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4113
ITALIC, BOLD, 4113
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4116
NONE, MEDIUM, 4140
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148
ITALIC, BOLD, 4148
NONE,
NONE,
NONE,
NONE,
MEDIUM, 4148
BOLD,
BOLD,
4148
4148
MEDIUM, 4148
4148
1B 28 73 34 53
1B 28 73 34 53
1B 28 73 34 53
1B 28 73 35 53
1B 28 73 35 53
: 3858,
: 3859,
: 3860,
: 3861,
: 3862,
: 3863, 100,
: 3864, 100,
: 3865,
: 3866, 100,
: 3867, 100,
: 3868,
: 3869, 100,
: 3870, 100,
: 3871, 100,
: 3872, 100,
: 3873,
: 3874, 100,
: 3875, 100,
: 3876,
: 3877, 100,
: 5687, 100,
: 5707, 100,
: 5815, 100,
: 5835,
: 6199,
: 6219, 100,
: 6327, 100,
: 6347,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
: 16951, 100,
: 16971, 100,
: 17079, 100,
: 17099, 100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4168
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
ITALIC, BOLD,
UPRIGHT, NONE,
UPRIGHT, NONE,
4168
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4168
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4197
4197
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4197
4197
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4297
4362
4362
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16602
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16602
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16602
ITALIC, BOLD, 16602
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16901
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16901
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16901
ITALIC, BOLD, 16901
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16686
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 31402
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16901
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16901
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16901
ITALIC, BOLD, 16901
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4197
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4197
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4197
ITALIC, BOLD, 4197
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4101
ITALIC, BOLD, 4101
1B 28 73 31 42
1B 28 73 34 42
1B 28 31 39 4D
1B 28 35 37 39 4C
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 297
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FONT.
: 33335, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4113
FONT.
: 33355, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 0, UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4113
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 33463, 100,
: 33483, 100,
: 33591, 100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
ITALIC,
ITALIC,
MEDIUM, 4113
BOLD, 4113
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16602
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 33601, 100,
: 33719, 100,
: 33729, 100,
: 34103, 100,
: 34123, 100,
: 34231, 100,
: 34251, 100,
: 41783, 100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
ITALIC,
ITALIC,
MEDIUM, 16602
BOLD,
16602
16602
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148
UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4148
ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148
ITALIC, BOLD, 4148
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4116
: 41803, 100,
: 41911, 100,
: 41931, 100,
: 50000, 100,
: 50001, 100,
: 50002, 100,
: 50003, 100,
: 50004, 100,
: 50005, 100,
: 50006, 100,
: 50007, 100,
: 50008, 100,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
DEFAULT, PROP,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
144,
144,
120,
108,
96,
96,
80,
101,
101,
UPRIGHT, BOLD,
ITALIC,
ITALIC,
4116
MEDIUM, 4116
BOLD, 4116
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
: 50009, 100,
: 50010, 100,
: 50011, 100,
: 50012, 100,
: 50013, 100,
: 50014, 100,
: 50015, 100,
: 50016, 100,
: 50017, 100,
: 50018, 100,
: 50019, 100,
: 50020, 100,
: 50021, 100,
: 50022, 100,
: 50023, 100,
: 50030, 100,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC942,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
96,
80,
101,
84,
76,
67,
56,
144,
84,
76,
67,
67,
56,
144,
120,
108,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
: 50031, 100,
: 50032, 100,
: 50033, 100,
: 50034, 100,
: 50035, 100,
: 50036, 100,
: 50037, 100,
: 50038, 100,
: 50039, 100,
: 50040, 100,
: 50041, 100,
: 50042, 100,
: 50043, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
144,
120,
108,
96,
96,
80,
101,
101,
84,
76,
67,
67,
56,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
298 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FONT.
: 50044, 100, PC891, PROP, 0, 144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040 1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
: 50045, 100, PC891, PROP, 0, 120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040 1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 50046, 100,
: 50047, 100,
: 50048, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
108,
96,
80,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 50049, 100,
: 50050, 100,
: 50051, 100,
: 50052, 100,
: 50053, 100,
: 50060, 100,
: 50061, 100,
: 50062, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
101,
84,
76,
67,
56,
144,
144,
120,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
: 50063, 100,
: 50064, 100,
: 50065, 100,
: 50066, 100,
: 50067, 100,
: 50068, 100,
: 50069, 100,
: 50070, 100,
: 50071, 100,
: 50072, 100,
: 50073, 100,
: 50074, 100,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
108,
96,
96,
80,
101,
101,
84,
76,
67,
67,
56,
144,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
: 50075, 100,
: 50076, 100,
: 50077, 100,
: 50078, 100,
: 50079, 100,
: 50080, 100,
: 50081, 100,
: 50082, 100,
: 50083, 100,
: 50100, 100,
: 50101, 100,
: 50102, 100,
: 50103, 100,
: 50104, 100,
: 50105, 100,
: 50106, 100,
: 50107, 100,
: 50108, 100,
: 50109, 100,
: 50110, 100,
: 50111, 100,
: 50112, 100,
: 50113, 100,
: 50114, 100,
: 50115, 100,
: 50116, 100,
: 50117, 100,
: 50118, 100,
: 50119, 100,
: 50120, 100,
: 50121, 100,
: 50122, 100,
: 50123, 100,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC904,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PC903,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
120,
108,
96,
80,
101,
84,
76,
67,
56,
144,
144,
120,
108,
96,
96,
80,
101,
101,
84,
76,
67,
67,
56,
144,
120,
108,
96,
80,
101,
84,
76,
67,
56,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: The Parameter List 299
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FONT.
: 50130, 100, PC891, PROP, 0, 144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088 1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
: 50131, 100, PC891, PROP, 0, 144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088 1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 50132, 100,
: 50133, 100,
: 50134, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
120,
108,
96,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
FONT.
: 50135, 100,
: 50136, 100,
: 50137, 100,
: 50138, 100,
: 50139, 100,
: 50140, 100,
: 50141, 100,
: 50142, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
96,
80,
101,
101,
84,
76,
67,
67,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
: 50143, 100,
: 50144, 100,
: 50145, 100,
: 50146, 100,
: 50147, 100,
: 50148, 100,
: 50149, 100,
: 50150, 100,
: 50151, 100,
: 50152, 100,
: 50153, 100,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PC891,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
PROP,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
56,
144,
120,
108,
96,
80,
101,
84,
76,
67,
56,
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50
300 Appendix A: The Parameter List AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix A: Test Button 301
Appendix A Test Button
The test button is located on the front right hand side of the AXIS
5470e/570/670e and is used for:
• Printing a test page, checking the connection to the printer.
• Printing a parameter list, showing the AXIS 5470e/570/670e current settings.
• Resetting the AXIS 5470e/570/670e parameters to the factory default settings.
The Test Page Press the test button once to print a test page. If the test page prints, the parallel interface is functioning correctly. The printed Test Page contains basic information about the AXIS 5470e/570/670e. It is recommended that you print a test page every time you have connected the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to a printer.
Note:
AXIS 570/670e :
The test page is printed on LPT1 by default. If you want to print the test page on
LPT2 instead, you should set the Internal Printout Destination parameter to
LPT2.
The Parameter List Press the test button twice to print a parameter list showing the current AXIS 5470e/570/670e settings. This list provides comprehensive details of all the parameters and their current status.
Refer to Appendix A - The Parameter List , on page 285.
If you want to change any of the parameters, use one of the methods that are described in Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169.
302 Appendix A: Test Button AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Factory Default
Settings
Follow the instructions below to reset the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to the factory default settings:
1. Remove the external power supply to switch off the AXIS
5470e/570/670e.
2. Press and hold down the test button, while you plug the external power supply back in. Continue to hold down the test button, until the network indicator begins to flash at one second intervals.
This should take at least 5 seconds.
3. Release the test button and wait until the network indicator flashes at least five times.
4. Press and hold the test button again until the network indicator remains constantly lit.
5. Restart the AXIS 5470e/570/670e by switching it off and on.
The AXIS 5470e/570/670e is now reset to factory default settings.
Note:
All parameters except Node Address (NODE_ADDR) and Internet Address
(IP_ADDR) are reset. If you want to change these parameters use any standard
Web browser. Please refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration , on page 169 .
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix B: Technical Specifications 303
Appendix B Technical Specifications
Supported Systems
IBM Mainframe and AS/400: IBM S/370, S/390, IBM 30xx, 43xx, 47xx, 937x, IBM 81xx and AS/400.
Novell NetWare:
Microsoft LAN Manager:
IBM LAN Server:
Microsoft Windows:
LANtastic:
BSD Systems
System V Systems
Other Systems
Print Methods
Apple EtherTalk:
WWW:
Versions 3.11, 3.12, 4.10 and above, supporting both NDS and Bindery
Emulation. A maximum of 16 bindery file servers and 96 print queues can be served.
NDPS supported by versions 4.11 and above.
User messages are also supported.
Print Methods: RPRINTER/NPRINTER, PSERVER
LAN Manager 2.0c and above, running under OS/2 ver 1.3 and above.
LAN Server 1.3 and above, running under OS/2 ver 1.3 and above including
OS/2 Warp, OS/2 Warp Connect.
Windows NT ver. 3.5 and above, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95,
Windows 98.
LANtastic 7.0, from any of the supported Windows clients, defined above.
All Operating Systems supporting the TCP/IP suite of protocols, including:
BSD 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, SunOS4 (Solaris 1.x), DEC Ultrix etc.
R3, R4, AT&T, Inter-active, SCO, SunOS5 (Solaris 2.x), HP-UX,
IBM AIX, Silicon Graphics IRIX, DEC Alpha OSF/1, BULL (BOS, AIX).
IBM (MVS, VM, VSE, OS/400), DEC VMS, guidelines for other systems.
SNA, TN3270E, TN5250E, PPR/PPD, LPR/LPD, FTP, PROS (named pipe & filtered, Reverse Telnet.
(AXIS 5470e/570) Print Method: AppleTalk Phase 2
Netscape Navigator 3.0 and MS Internet Explorer 3.0 or compatible browsers.
Supported Protocols
IBM: SNA PU type 2.0 (3174 establishment controller SNA), LU type 1
(SCS/IPDS), LU type 3 (3270DS/IPDS), SNA PU type 2.1 (5494 remote control unit SNA), LU type 6.2, LU type 4 (SCS, IPDS), TCP/IP TN3270E transport of SCS, 3270DS and IPDS, TCP/IP TN5250E transport of SCS,
TCP/IP PPR/PPD transport of IPDS, Raw TCP/IP transport of SCS,
TCP/IP LPR/LPD transport of SCS.
304 Appendix B: Technical Specifications AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
NetWare:
Windows and OS/2:
LANtastic
TCP/IP:
Apple EtherTalk:
Note: IPDS only supported by AXIS 670e and AXIS 5470e with the IPDS option installed.
IPX, SAP, RIP, SPX, SNMP and NCP (extended with NDS), NLSP, DIAG.
NetBIOS/NetBEUI and TCP/IP, WINS.
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
LPD, FTP, Telnet, Reverse Telnet, PROS, BOOTP, ARP, RARP, DHCP,
ICMP, IP, TCP, UDP, HTTP, SNMP, TFTP, SLP.
(AXIS 5470e/570) AARP, ATP, DDP, NBP, PAP, RTMP, ZIP.
Network Management SNMP-MIB II compliant (over UDP/IP and IPX), private enterprise MIB included. LAN Network Manager for OS/2, Print server status in
NWAdmin/PCONSOLE.
Hardware
AXIS 570
AXIS 670e
AXIS 5470e
32 bit RISC Controller, 2 Mbyte Flash memory. 0.5 MB RAM memory
32 bit RISC Controller, 2 Mbyte Flash memory. 2 MB RAM memory
32 bit 100 MHz RISC Controller, 2 Mbyte Flash memory. 2 MB RAM memory
Front Panel 2 LED indicators: Power and Network.
Test button for information printouts.
Slide switch for TokenRing speed (AXIS 670e only)
Logical Connection
AXIS 5470e/570
AXIS 670e
Running simultaneously any combination of the supported protocols. Use of
IEEE802.2, IEEE802.3, SNAP and Ethernet II frame types simultaneously.
Running simultaneously any combination of the supported protocols. Use of
IEEE802.2 and IEEE802.5 (with Early Token release support for 16 Mbps) frame types simultaneously.
Attachments
AXIS 570
AXIS 670e
AXIS 5470e
10base2 (Thin) and 10baseT (Twisted Pair) Ethernet.
Media type 1/DB9/STP and type 3/RJ45/UTP. Support for 4 and
16 Mbps networks.
RJ-45 connector (Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair) for 10baseT Ethernet and 100baseTX Fast Ethernet.
Security
UNIX: Root password, User access list and printer access.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix B: Technical Specifications 305
NetWare: Encrypted passwords.
Logical Printers Eight virtual printers can be programmed to perform auto ASCII to
PostScript conversion, string before and after job, string substitution, alternative output and character set conversion.
Parallel Printers Two IEEE 1284 compliant, high-speed parallel ports with 25 pin DSUB connectors. Bi-directional support for Apple, Reverse Telnet and PROS.
Sustained throughput up to 400 kbytes/s using NetWare or LAN
Server/LAN Manager.
One IEEE 1284 compliant, high-speed parallel port with 36-pin Centronics connector. Sustained throughput over 1 Mbyte/s using NetWare. Bidirectional support for Apple, Reverse Telnet and PROS. ECP support.
Serial Printer 1 serial port, RS 232, 9 pin DSUB. XON/XOFF or RTS/CTS. Data rates up to 115,200 baud.
IBM Printer Emulation IPDS printers: 3812 model 2, 3816, 4028 models 1 & 2, 4332
IBM 3270 non-IPDS printers: 3262 models 3 & 13, 3268 model 2C,
3287 model 2C, 3812 model 2, 3816 models 01A and 01D, 4214 model 1,
4224 model 2 and 4230 model 201.
AS/400 non-IPDS printers: 3812 models 1 & 2, 3816 models 01S & 01D with 5219 diskette, 4214 model 2, 4230 model 101, 5224 models 1 & 2,
5225 models 1 - 4 and 5256 models 1 - 3, 5227-00x and 5327-00x models.
ASCII printer languages: PostScript level 2, PCL 4/5, IBM Proprinter, Epson
(FX, LQ) and Generic printer.
(IPDS only supported by AXIS 570 and some models of the AXIS 5470e. For
more information see “Product Model Summary” on page 10).
Power Consumption
AXIS 5470e/570
AXIS 670e
Maximum 3.5W. Power provided by external supply
(Type PS-B, 12v, 500 mA).
Maximum 4.0W. Power provided by external supply
(Type PS-B, 12v, 500 mA)
Dimensions Height x Width x Depth
AXIS 5470e
AXIS 570
AXIS 670e
0.9 x 2.4 x 4.8 inches (2.4 x 6.1 x 12.1 cm)
1.0 x 7.0 x 4.7 inches (2.5 x 17.5 x 12.0 cm)
1.0 x 6.5 x 4.7 inches (2.5 x 16.2 x 12.0 cm)
306 Appendix B: Technical Specifications AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
Weight (AXIS 570/670e) 0.86 lb. (0.39 kg)
(AXIS 5470e) 0.22 lb. (0.1 kg)
Environmental Temperature: 40° - 105° F (5° - 40° C).
Humidity: 10 - 95% non-condensing.
Approvals
EMC:
Safety:
EN 55022/1994, EN50082-1/1992. FCC Class A.
EN 60950. Approved power supplies for all countries
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Glossary 307
Appendix C Glossary
Active Directory Active Directory - a structure supported by Windows 2000 that lets any object on a network be tracked and located. Active Directory is the directory service used in Windows 2000 Server and provides the foundation for Windows 2000 distributed networks.
3270DS 3270 Data Stream is a control language used for the 3270 family of terminals and controllers. Also used for printing.
AIX Advanced Interactive eXecutive. A version of the UNIX operating system from IBM that runs on various IBM computers including
Mainframe systems.
APPC Advanced Program-to-Program Communication. SNA facility (based on LU6.2 and PU2.1) for general purpose inter-program communications. Often used synonymously with LU6.2 but LU6.2 is the architecture and APPC is the programming interface.
ARP Address Resolution Protocol. A protocol within the TCP/IP suite of network protocols that allows a host to find the physical address of a node on the same network. It is available in UNIX, Windows 95,
Windows 98 and Windows NT. ARP cannot be used across routers.
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange, a plain text format used by computers.
BOOTP BOOT Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol, used for downloading start-up information such as the IP address to hosts on the network. It is only available in UNIX. BOOTP requires a BOOTP daemon on your system. A request made to an active BOOTP daemon initiates a search of the Boot Table for an entry matching the print server's Ethernet address. If a matching entry is found, the daemon downloads the IP address to the print server.
BSD Berkeley Software Distribution. The University of California,
Berkeley additions to the UNIX operating system.
308 Appendix C: Glossary AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual config file This is a file that resides in the print server’s memory and contains all the parameters that determine the AXIS 5470e/570/670e functionality. By editing the config file (changing the parameter settings), you can configure the AXIS 5470e/570/670e to meet the printing needs of your network.
CPGID Code Page Global ID
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. DHCP is available in
Windows NT, NetWare 5 and UNIX systems, and allows for the automatic but temporary assignment of IP addresses from a central pool. DHCP causes the selected host to automatically allocate and download an unused IP address to the requesting print server. It also provides validation data that defines how long the IP addresses will remain valid.
To fully benefit from this method, the AXIS 5470e/570/670e also supports the WINS host name resolution protocol, which is available in Windows NT networks.
DNS Domain Name Service. Reflects the server names and addresses within a network.
EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code. Coded 8-bit character set used by SNA and native IBM data streams.
FEP Front End Processor. Generic term for a specialized computer linked to a host machine to support a specialized function
(e.g. communications). IBM 3705, 3720, 3725, and 3745 are communications FEPs.
Flash Memory The print server software is stored in Flash Memory. This memory is provided by a silicon chip that like any other ROM device, retains data content even after power is removed. However, Flash Memory is unique because it allows its data to be erased and re-written. This means that you can install software updates for your server as soon as they become available, without having to replace any parts. The new software is simply loaded into the server over the network.
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Glossary 309
FTP File Transfer Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol used for logging in to network servers and for transferring files.
HPR High Performance Routing. IBM implementation of APPN
(Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking). Includes pro-active congestion control and non-disruptive re-routing
HTML Hypertext Markup Language. A standard hypertext language used for creating World Wide Web pages and other hypertext documents.
HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol. The TCP/IP protocol for Web based communication.
IBM International Business Machines Corp.
IP Internet Protocol. The TCP/IP session-layer protocol that regulates packet forwarding by tracking IP addresses, routing outgoing messages and recognizing incoming messages.
IPDS Intelligent Printer Data Stream. An IBM protocol for data sent to page printers. A page description language analogous to PostScript.
LED Light Emitting Diode.
Logical Printer A logical printer acts as a filter between the network and the physical printer. It appears to the user as a normal printer with additional characteristics. For example a UNIX workstation may only send a line feed (LF) to a shared printer that needs carriage return (CR) and LF.
The logical printer can solve this problem by adding a CR.
LPD Line Printer Daemon protocol. A print server protocol widely used on the Internet.
LPR Line PRinter. The Unix print command. This does not actually print files but rather copies or links them to a spool area from where a daemon copies them to the printer.
310 Appendix C: Glossary AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
LU Logical Unit. The user's port into an SNA network. LU1 is a high performance print stream. LU2 is a 3270 terminal data stream. LU3 is a 3270 print data stream. LU6 is a host-to-host data exchange stream.
LU7 is the 5250 terminal data stream.
LU6.2
IBM Peer-to-peer data stream for NOS functions. Supports asynchronous (store-and-forward) networking.
MIB Management Information Base. A database of network configuration information used by SNMP and CMIP to monitor or change network settings.
NAU Network Adressable Unit. Entities within an SNA network (SSCP,
PU, LU) that can send or receive requests and responses. An SNA network is made up of NAUs and the underlying path control network.
NCP NetWare Core Protocol. Network clients use the NCP to request services of servers, and servers use NCP to provide services, such as file and print services.
NCP(2) Network Control Program. SNA program resident in the FEP. NCP off-loads certain line protocol and routing functions from the host
CPU.
NDS NetWare Directory Services. A hierarchical data base that manages
NetWare network resources such as servers and volumes.
PPR/PPD Page Printer Requester/Page Printer Daemon. Bidirectional IBM proprietary TCP/IP application protocol. Supported on AS/400s and
Mainframes for transporting IPDS printer data over TCP/IP. This is not an open standard.
PU Physical Unit type within SNA. The software in an SNA node controlling the node's communications hardware.
PU2.1
SNA PU type 2.1 allows local user ports to communicate without going thorough a host node's SSCP services. RARP
AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual Appendix C: Glossary 311
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol used for downloading IP addresses in UNIX networks. It requires a RARP daemon on your system, and only operates within a single network segment. A request made to an active RARP daemon initiates a search of the Ethernet Address Table for an entry matching the print server's
Ethernet address. If a matching entry is found, the daemon downloads the IP address to the print server.
RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computing. A processor that recognizes only a limited number of assembly-language instructions.
SAP Service Advertising Protocol. A NetWare network name advertising service that e.g. file servers can use for advertising their existence to network clients.
SAP(2) Service Access Point. Field defined by the IEEE 802.2 specification that is part of an address specification. Thus, the destination plus the
DSAP define the recipient of a packet. The same applies to the SSAP
SCS SNA Character String. A sequence of control commands that allows sophisticated control of printers and other devices.
SNA Systems Network Architecture. IBM's data communications architecture defining levels of protocols for communications between terminals and applications as well as between programs. Originally
SNA was strictly host-based with VTAM controlling the network except for path control which was provided by NCP in the FEP.
Recently, with the APPN/APPC and HPR additions SNA has become more distributed.
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol for managing and monitoring nodes on a network.
SSCP System Services Control Point. SNA software within VTAM which handles network name/address conversion, device configuration, network diagnostics and recovery. The SSCP is a NAU located on a host node in the network.
312 Appendix C: Glossary AXIS 5470e/570/670e User’s Manual
TCP Transmission Control Protocol. The connection-oriented, transportlevel protocol used in the TCP/IP suite of protocols.
TFTP Trivial File Transport Protocol. A simpler version of the FTP protocol that is used by the print server for the automatic downloading of config files.
TN3270E Extension to the Telnet protocol for transporting 3270 terminal and print data over TCP/IP.
TN5250E Extension to the Telnet protocol for transporting 5250 terminal and print data over TCP/IP.
UNIX A 32-bit multi-tasking, multi-user operating system originally developed by AT&T.
URL Uniform Resource Locator. A way of specifying the location of publicly available information on the Internet.
VPDI Virtual Printer Driver Interface
VTAM Virtual Telecommunications Access Method. Mainframe software that performs network control and management. VTAM's most important objective is to provide the SSCP services.
WINS Windows Internet Name Service. A NetBIOS Name Server that maps
NetBIOS names to dynamically assigned IP addresses.
Wizard A special form of user assistance that automates a task through a dialog with the user. Wizards help the user to accomplish tasks that are complex and require experience.
AXIS 5470e User’s Manual
Index
Numerics
3270DS
307
A
Account file
188, 189
Active Directory
135, 307
AIX
307
APPC
307
Apple EtherTalk
303
Approvals
306
AS/400
43
ASCII
307
ASCII to Postscript Conversion
222
axinstall
164
AXIS MIB
194
AXIS NetPilot
178
AXIS Print Monitor
138
AXIS Print System
126
AXIS Print Utility for OS/2
154
AXIS Print Utility for Windows
145
B
Bar Codes
245
Bar codes
247
Bi-directional Printing
217
Bin
Default Input
269
BSD
307
BSD Systems
303
C
Character Set Conversion
220
Chooser
157
Color
268
Concentrator gateway, general
241
Concentrator gateway, Microsoft
244
Concentrator gateway, NetWare
242
config file
169, 285, 308
Configuration methods
AXIS NetPilot
179
FTP
186
HP administration tools
195
NetWare Administrator
198
PCONSOLE
198
SNMP
193
Telnet
189
Web browser
170
Configuration Mode
245
Configuring
AS/400
54
IBM Mainframes
67
Copier Duplex
226
Copier Hole Punch
226
Copier Model
226, 283
Copier Paper Source
226
Copier Staple
226
CPI
251
D
DBCS
275
Font Types
280
DDNS
34
Debugging Print Problems
223
Default Input Bin
269
Device Features
279
Digital Copier printing
284
Digital Copier Support
283
DNS
308
DSPU
241
Duplex
269
313
314
E
EBCDIC
308
Environmental
306
Ethernet Address
32
ETRAX100
13
F
Factory default settings
302
FEP
308
Flash Memory
308
Flash memory
227
Font
Immediate substitutions
273
Smoothing
270
Font Selection
245
Fonts
Printer resident
272
Scalable
274
Selection
246
Typographical
274
Width
274
FTP
186, 309
H
Hardware
304
Hex Dump Mode
223
Hex Transparancy
246
Host Name
34
HP JetAdmin
195
HP Web JetAdmin
195
HPR
309
HTML
309
HTTP
309
AXIS 5470e User’s Manual
I
IBM AS/400
303
IBM Font Selection
251
IBM LAN Server
303
IBM Mainframe
303
IBM SNA
65
Installation guide
30
Installation Summary
31
Internet Address
115
IP
309
IPDS
309
IPP
203
IPP client
205
L
LANtastic
149, 303
Last Code Point
279
LLC
241
Local major node definitions
73
Logical Connection
304
Logical Printer
309
Logical Printers
215
Logon-mode Entry
69
LPD
309
LPR
309
LU
310
LU6.2
310
M
Macintosh
303
Choosing a printer
158
Installing the print server
157
Setting the Internet address
161
MIB
310
Microsoft LAN Manager
303
AXIS 5470e User’s Manual
Microsoft SNA
244
Microsoft Windows
303
N
NAU
310
NCP
310
NCP(2)
310
NDPS
111
NDS
118, 310
NetWare
Advanced installation
117
NDPS
111, 203, 206, 207
NetWare printing modes
Print Server Mode
123
Remote Printer Mode
124
NetWare SAA
241, 242
Network connectors
19, 21
Network Indicator LED
24
Network indicator LED
20, 22
Network Management
304
Network Speed
124, 174
Novell NetWare
303, 304
O
OS/2
AXIS Print Utility for OS/2
154
Installing the print server
154
P
Paper Size
Physical
269
Parameter List
285
Pass-through gateway
241
Physical Description
AXIS 640/642
19, 21, 23
Point size
274
Power Indicator LED
24
Power indicator LED
20, 22
Power Requirements
305
PPR/PPD
310
Printer information
184
Printer port
19, 21
Printing
Parameter list
301
Test page
301
Protocols
303
PU
310
PU2.1
310
Pure IP
120
R
Ring Speed Switch
24
RISC
311
S
SAP
311
SAP(2)
311
SBCS
280
SCS
311
SDLC
241
Security
304
Setting the Internet address
ARP
37, 39
BOOTP
41
DHCP
35
RARP
40
Setting up
IBM SNA
43, 65
Macintosh
157
NetWare
110
315
316
OS/2
151
UNIX
163
Windows
125
SNA
311
SNA Printing
3174 CU Mode
54
5494 CU Mode
45, 67
SNMP
193, 311
SSCP
311
Status file
188, 191
String Functions
217
String Substitutions
219, 245
Support services
4
Switched major node definitions
71
System V Systems
303
T
TCP
312
TCP/IP
304
Technical Specifications
283, 303
Test Button
24
Test button
20, 21, 301
TFTP
36, 42, 312
TN3270E
312
TN3270E Printing
77
TN5250E
312
TN5250E Printing
54
U
UNIX
312
UNIX Printing methods
FTP
167
LPD
166
PROS A
167
PROS B
168
AXIS 5470e User’s Manual
Reverse Telnet
168
Upgrade Wizard
230
URL
312
User Defined Strings
245
V
VTAM
312
VTAM Logon-mode entry
69, 70
W
Windows
303
Windows 2000
Installing Printer Ports
133
Windows 3.1
AXIS Print Utility for Windows
145
Peer-to-peer printing
146
Windows 95
Installing printer ports
127
Windows 98
Installing printer ports
127
Windows for Workgroups
AXIS Print Utility for Windows
145
Client-server printing
Client setup 149
Server setup 147
Peer-to-peer printing
146
Windows NT 4.0
Installing Printer Ports
133
WINS
34, 36
Wizard
312
World Wide Web
260

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement